Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 39461:d9207f337e2d
Comment change.
author | Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 26 Sep 2001 18:03:51 +0000 |
parents | b74c165ef22f |
children | 5f60884970a8 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
36392
88b90fa71d23
Check HAVE_TERM_H before including term.h.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36279
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 1999, 2000, 2001 |
18853
4501a367a887
(direct_output_forward_char): Reenable check against
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18774
diff
changeset
|
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
314 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
1777
4edfaa19c7a7
* window.c (window_internal_width): New function.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1766
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
314 | 10 any later version. |
11 | |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
314 | 21 |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
22 #include <config.h> |
314 | 23 #include <signal.h> |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <stdio.h> |
314 | 25 #include <ctype.h> |
26 | |
21514 | 27 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
28 #include <unistd.h> | |
29 #endif | |
30 | |
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "lisp.h" |
314 | 32 #include "termchar.h" |
33 #include "termopts.h" | |
2198 | 34 #include "termhooks.h" |
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
35 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "dispextern.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
37 #include "cm.h" |
314 | 38 #include "buffer.h" |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "charset.h" |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "keyboard.h" |
764 | 41 #include "frame.h" |
314 | 42 #include "window.h" |
43 #include "commands.h" | |
44 #include "disptab.h" | |
45 #include "indent.h" | |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "intervals.h" |
15065 | 47 #include "blockinput.h" |
21514 | 48 #include "process.h" |
314 | 49 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
50 /* I don't know why DEC Alpha OSF1 fail to compile this file if we |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
51 include the following file. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
52 /* #include "systty.h" */ |
12917 | 53 #include "syssignal.h" |
554 | 54 |
314 | 55 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
56 #include "xterm.h" | |
25012 | 57 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
314 | 58 |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
59 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
60 #include "w32term.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
61 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
62 |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
63 #ifdef macintosh |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
64 #include "macterm.h" |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
65 #endif /* macintosh */ |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
66 |
25012 | 67 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
68 | |
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
69 #include "systime.h" |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
70 #include <errno.h> |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
71 |
25012 | 72 /* To get the prototype for `sleep'. */ |
73 | |
74 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H | |
75 #include <unistd.h> | |
76 #endif | |
77 | |
314 | 78 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
79 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
80 | |
81 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. | |
25012 | 82 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
83 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
84 | |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
85 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
25012 | 86 |
87 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
88 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
89 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
90 | |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
91 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
92 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
93 #else |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
94 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
95 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
96 #endif |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
97 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
98 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
99 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
100 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
101 #endif |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
102 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
314 | 103 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
104 #endif | |
25012 | 105 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
106 | |
36392
88b90fa71d23
Check HAVE_TERM_H before including term.h.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36279
diff
changeset
|
107 #if defined(HAVE_TERM_H) && defined (LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
29437 | 108 #include <term.h> /* for tgetent */ |
109 #endif | |
25012 | 110 |
111 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
112 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
113 | |
114 struct dim | |
115 { | |
116 int width; | |
117 int height; | |
118 }; | |
119 | |
120 | |
121 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
122 | |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
123 static struct glyph_matrix *save_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
124 static void restore_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *, struct glyph_matrix *)); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
125 static void fake_current_matrices P_ ((Lisp_Object)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
126 static void redraw_overlapping_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
127 static void redraw_overlapped_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 128 static int count_blanks P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
129 static int count_match P_ ((struct glyph *, struct glyph *, | |
130 struct glyph *, struct glyph *)); | |
131 static unsigned line_draw_cost P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int)); | |
132 static void update_frame_line P_ ((struct frame *, int)); | |
133 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
134 P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int *)); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
135 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct window *)); |
25012 | 136 static int realloc_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *, struct dim)); |
137 static void adjust_frame_glyphs P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
138 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
139 static void free_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
140 static void adjust_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, | |
141 int, int, struct dim)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
142 static void change_frame_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
25012 | 143 static void swap_glyph_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
34895
53e52b3525bf
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34893
diff
changeset
|
144 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 145 static int glyph_row_slice_p P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
146 #endif |
25012 | 147 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); |
148 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
149 struct window *)); | |
150 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
151 struct window *)); | |
152 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool P_ ((void)); | |
153 static void free_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
154 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially P_ ((void)); | |
155 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
156 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
157 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); | |
158 static void build_frame_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
159 void clear_current_matrices P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
160 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, | |
161 int, int)); | |
162 static void clear_window_matrices P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
163 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
164 static int scrolling_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
165 static int update_window_line P_ ((struct window *, int, int *)); |
25012 | 166 static void update_marginal_area P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
167 static int update_text_area P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 168 static void make_current P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
169 int)); | |
170 static void mirror_make_current P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
171 void check_window_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct window *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
172 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 173 static void check_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, |
174 struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
175 #endif |
25012 | 176 static void mirror_line_dance P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int *, char *)); |
177 static int update_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
178 static int update_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
179 static int update_frame_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); | |
180 static void set_window_cursor_after_update P_ ((struct window *)); | |
181 static int row_equal_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
182 struct glyph_row *, int)); |
25012 | 183 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); |
184 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
185 static void reverse_rows P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int)); | |
186 static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object)); | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
187 static void sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
188 struct window *frame_row_to_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 189 |
190 | |
191 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
192 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
193 scrolling. */ | |
194 | |
195 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
196 |
554 | 197 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
764 | 198 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
314 | 199 |
764 | 200 int frame_garbaged; |
314 | 201 |
25012 | 202 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
314 | 203 |
204 int display_completed; | |
205 | |
25012 | 206 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
207 audible bell. */ | |
314 | 208 |
209 int visible_bell; | |
210 | |
764 | 211 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
314 | 212 |
213 int inverse_video; | |
214 | |
215 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
216 | |
217 int baud_rate; | |
218 | |
25012 | 219 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
220 is running. */ | |
314 | 221 |
222 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; | |
223 | |
224 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
25012 | 225 |
314 | 226 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
227 | |
25012 | 228 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
229 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
314 | 230 |
231 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
25012 | 232 as a character code. |
233 | |
234 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
235 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
314 | 236 |
237 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
238 | |
239 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
240 | |
241 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
242 | |
25012 | 243 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
244 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. positive means at end of | |
245 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ | |
246 | |
314 | 247 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
248 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
249 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table, Qredisplay_dont_pause; |
25012 | 250 |
314 | 251 |
25012 | 252 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
253 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
254 |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
255 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
25012 | 256 |
257 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
764 | 258 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
9572 | 259 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
260 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
25012 | 261 |
262 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
263 | |
264 /* Stdio stream being used for copy of all output. */ | |
265 | |
266 FILE *termscript; | |
267 | |
268 /* Structure for info on cursor positioning. */ | |
269 | |
270 struct cm Wcm; | |
271 | |
272 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
273 | |
274 int delayed_size_change; | |
275 | |
276 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
277 | |
278 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
279 | |
280 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
281 | |
282 struct window *updated_window; | |
283 | |
284 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
285 | |
286 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
287 int updated_area; | |
288 | |
289 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
290 | |
291 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
292 | |
293 /* Non-zero means update has been performed directly, so that there's | |
294 no need for redisplay_internal to do much work. Set by | |
295 direct_output_for_insert. */ | |
296 | |
297 int redisplay_performed_directly_p; | |
298 | |
299 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
300 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
301 | |
302 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
303 int glyph_pool_count; | |
304 | |
305 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
306 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
307 | |
308 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
309 | |
310 /* Current interface for window-based redisplay. Set from init_xterm. | |
311 A null value means we are not using window-based redisplay. */ | |
312 | |
313 struct redisplay_interface *rif; | |
314 | |
315 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
316 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
317 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
318 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
319 loaded on demand. */ | |
320 | |
321 int fonts_changed_p; | |
322 | |
323 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. | |
324 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ | |
325 | |
326 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
327 | |
328 static int window_to_frame_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
329 static int window_to_frame_hpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
330 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) | |
331 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
332 | |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
333 /* One element of the ring buffer containing redisplay history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
334 information. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
335 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
336 struct redisplay_history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
337 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
338 char trace[512 + 100]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
339 }; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
340 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
341 /* The size of the history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
342 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
343 #define REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE 30 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
344 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
345 /* The redisplay history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
346 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
347 static struct redisplay_history redisplay_history[REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
348 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
349 /* Next free entry in redisplay_history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
350 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
351 static int history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
352 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
353 /* A tick that's incremented each time something is added to the |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
354 history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
355 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
356 static unsigned history_tick; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
357 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
358 static void add_frame_display_history P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
359 static void add_window_display_history P_ ((struct window *, char *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
360 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
361 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
362 /* Add to the redisplay history how window W has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
363 MSG is a trace containing the information how W's glyph matrix |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
364 has been contructed. PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
365 has been interrupted for pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
366 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
367 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
368 add_window_display_history (w, msg, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
369 struct window *w; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
370 char *msg; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
371 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
372 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
373 char *buf; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
374 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
375 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
376 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
377 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
378 ++history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
379 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
380 sprintf (buf, "%d: window %p (`%s')%s\n", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
381 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
382 w, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
383 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
384 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
385 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
386 : "???"), |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
387 paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
388 strcat (buf, msg); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
389 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
390 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
391 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
392 /* Add to the redisplay history that frame F has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
393 PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update has been interrupted for |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
394 pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
395 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
396 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
397 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
398 struct frame *f; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
399 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
400 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
401 char *buf; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
402 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
403 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
404 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
405 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
406 ++history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
407 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
408 sprintf (buf, "%d: update frame %p%s", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
409 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
410 f, paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
411 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
412 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
413 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
414 DEFUN ("dump-redisplay-history", Fdump_redisplay_history, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
415 Sdump_redisplay_history, 0, 0, "", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
416 "Dump redisplay history to stderr.") |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
417 () |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
418 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
419 int i; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
420 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
421 for (i = history_idx - 1; i != history_idx; --i) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
422 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
423 if (i < 0) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
424 i = REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE - 1; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
425 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", redisplay_history[i].trace); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
426 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
427 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
428 return Qnil; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
429 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
430 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
431 |
25012 | 432 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ |
433 | |
434 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->top)) | |
435 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->left)) | |
436 | |
437 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
438 | |
439 | |
440 /* Like bcopy except never gets confused by overlap. Let this be the | |
441 first function defined in this file, or change emacs.c where the | |
442 address of this function is used. */ | |
314 | 443 |
444 void | |
445 safe_bcopy (from, to, size) | |
446 char *from, *to; | |
447 int size; | |
448 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
449 if (size <= 0 || from == to) |
314 | 450 return; |
451 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
452 /* If the source and destination don't overlap, then bcopy can |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
453 handle it. If they do overlap, but the destination is lower in |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
454 memory than the source, we'll assume bcopy can handle that. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
455 if (to < from || from + size <= to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
456 bcopy (from, to, size); |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
457 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
458 /* Otherwise, we'll copy from the end. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
459 else |
314 | 460 { |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
461 register char *endf = from + size; |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
462 register char *endt = to + size; |
314 | 463 |
464 /* If TO - FROM is large, then we should break the copy into | |
465 nonoverlapping chunks of TO - FROM bytes each. However, if | |
466 TO - FROM is small, then the bcopy function call overhead | |
467 makes this not worth it. The crossover point could be about | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
468 anywhere. Since I don't think the obvious copy loop is too |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
469 bad, I'm trying to err in its favor. */ |
314 | 470 if (to - from < 64) |
471 { | |
472 do | |
473 *--endt = *--endf; | |
474 while (endf != from); | |
475 } | |
476 else | |
477 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
478 for (;;) |
314 | 479 { |
480 endt -= (to - from); | |
481 endf -= (to - from); | |
482 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
483 if (endt < to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
484 break; |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
485 |
314 | 486 bcopy (endf, endt, to - from); |
487 } | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
488 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
489 /* If SIZE wasn't a multiple of TO - FROM, there will be a |
25012 | 490 little left over. The amount left over is (endt + (to - |
491 from)) - to, which is endt - from. */ | |
314 | 492 bcopy (from, to, endt - from); |
493 } | |
494 } | |
495 } | |
496 | |
25012 | 497 |
498 | |
499 /*********************************************************************** | |
500 Glyph Matrices | |
501 ***********************************************************************/ | |
502 | |
503 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
504 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
505 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
506 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
507 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
508 | |
509 struct glyph_matrix * | |
510 new_glyph_matrix (pool) | |
511 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
512 { | |
513 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
514 | |
515 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
516 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
517 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
518 | |
519 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
520 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
521 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
522 | |
523 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
524 result->pool = pool; | |
525 return result; | |
526 } | |
527 | |
528 | |
529 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
530 | |
531 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
532 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
533 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
534 pointer was passed to this function. | |
535 | |
536 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own | |
537 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
538 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
539 | |
540 static void | |
541 free_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
542 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
543 { | |
544 if (matrix) | |
545 { | |
546 int i; | |
547 | |
548 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
549 allocated. */ | |
550 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
551 abort (); | |
552 | |
553 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
554 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
555 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
556 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
557 | |
558 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ | |
559 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
560 xfree (matrix); | |
561 } | |
562 } | |
563 | |
564 | |
565 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
566 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
567 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
568 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
569 or a float. */ | |
570 | |
571 static int | |
572 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, total_glyphs, margin) | |
573 struct window *w; | |
574 int total_glyphs; | |
575 Lisp_Object margin; | |
576 { | |
577 int n; | |
578 | |
579 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
580 { | |
581 int width = XFASTINT (w->width); | |
582 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); | |
583 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
584 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); | |
585 } | |
586 else | |
587 n = 0; | |
588 | |
589 return n; | |
590 } | |
591 | |
592 | |
593 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
594 window sizes. | |
595 | |
596 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
597 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
598 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
599 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
600 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
601 | |
602 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
603 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
604 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
605 MATRIX->pool. | |
606 | |
607 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
608 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
609 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
610 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
611 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
612 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
613 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
614 | |
615 static void | |
616 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, x, y, dim) | |
617 struct window *w; | |
618 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
619 int x, y; | |
620 struct dim dim; | |
621 { | |
622 int i; | |
623 int new_rows; | |
624 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
25546 | 625 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
626 int header_line_p = 0; | |
25012 | 627 int left = -1, right = -1; |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
628 int window_x, window_y, window_width = -1, window_height; |
25012 | 629 |
630 /* See if W had a top line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. */ | |
631 if (w) | |
632 { | |
25546 | 633 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
634 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
25012 | 635 } |
25546 | 636 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
25012 | 637 |
638 /* Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas | |
639 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving | |
640 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
641 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
642 { | |
643 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); | |
644 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_width); | |
645 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_width); | |
646 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
647 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
648 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
649 | |
650 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
651 && !fonts_changed_p | |
25546 | 652 && !header_line_changed_p |
34279
7ab25b4a077c
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't reuse a window's current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34203
diff
changeset
|
653 && matrix->window_left_x == XFASTINT (w->left) |
25012 | 654 && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) |
655 && matrix->window_height == window_height | |
656 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
657 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
658 return; | |
659 } | |
660 | |
661 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ | |
662 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
663 { | |
664 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
665 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
666 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
667 bzero (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, | |
668 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); | |
669 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; | |
670 } | |
671 else | |
672 new_rows = 0; | |
673 | |
674 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
675 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
676 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
677 if (matrix->pool) | |
678 { | |
679 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
680 | |
681 if (w) | |
682 { | |
683 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
684 w->left_margin_width); | |
685 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
686 w->right_margin_width); | |
687 } | |
688 else | |
689 left = right = 0; | |
690 | |
691 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) | |
692 { | |
693 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
694 | |
695 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
696 = (matrix->pool->glyphs | |
697 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
698 + x); | |
699 | |
700 if (w == NULL | |
701 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 702 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 703 { |
704 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
705 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
706 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
707 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
708 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
709 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
710 } | |
711 else | |
712 { | |
713 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
714 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
715 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
716 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
717 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
718 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
719 } | |
720 } | |
721 | |
722 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
723 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
724 } | |
725 else | |
726 { | |
727 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
728 its own memory. Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ | |
729 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w | |
730 || new_rows | |
25546 | 731 || header_line_changed_p |
25012 | 732 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
733 { | |
734 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
735 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
736 | |
737 while (row < end) | |
738 { | |
739 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
740 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
741 (dim.width | |
742 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
743 | |
744 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ | |
745 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 746 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 747 { |
748 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
749 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
750 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
751 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
752 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
753 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
754 } | |
755 else | |
756 { | |
757 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
758 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
759 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
760 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
761 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
762 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
763 } | |
764 ++row; | |
765 } | |
766 } | |
767 | |
768 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
769 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
770 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
771 } | |
772 | |
773 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ | |
774 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
775 xassert (matrix->nrows >= 0); |
25012 | 776 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
777 if (w) |
25012 | 778 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
779 if (matrix == w->current_matrix) |
25012 | 780 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
781 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
782 valid contents. It's important to not do this for |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
783 desired matrices. When Emacs starts, it may already be |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
784 building desired matrices when this function runs. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
785 if (window_width < 0) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
786 window_width = window_box_width (w, -1); |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
787 |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
788 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
789 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
790 of the window. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
791 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
792 && !header_line_changed_p |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
793 && new_rows == 0 |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
794 && dim.width == matrix->matrix_w |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
795 && matrix->window_left_x == XFASTINT (w->left) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
796 && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
797 && matrix->window_width == window_width) |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
798 { |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
799 /* Find the last row in the window. */ |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
800 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows && matrix->rows[i].enabled_p; ++i) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
801 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) >= window_height) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
802 { |
38748
bb32ae33769e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Undo last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38734
diff
changeset
|
803 ++i; |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
804 break; |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
805 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
806 |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
807 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
808 are invalidated below. */ |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
809 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
810 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
811 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; |
25012 | 812 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
813 while (i < matrix->nrows) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
814 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
815 } |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
816 else |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
817 { |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
818 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
819 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
820 } |
25012 | 821 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
822 else if (matrix == w->desired_matrix) |
25012 | 823 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
824 /* Rows in desired matrices always have to be cleared; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
825 redisplay expects this is the case when it runs, so it |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
826 had better be the case when we adjust matrices between |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
827 redisplays. */ |
25012 | 828 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
829 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
830 } | |
831 } | |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
832 |
25012 | 833 |
834 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ | |
835 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
836 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
837 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
838 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
839 | |
840 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
841 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
842 if (w) | |
843 { | |
34279
7ab25b4a077c
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't reuse a window's current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34203
diff
changeset
|
844 matrix->window_left_x = XFASTINT (w->left); |
25012 | 845 matrix->window_top_y = XFASTINT (w->top); |
846 matrix->window_height = window_height; | |
847 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
848 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
849 } | |
850 } | |
851 | |
852 | |
853 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
854 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
855 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
856 below). */ | |
314 | 857 |
858 static void | |
25012 | 859 reverse_rows (matrix, start, end) |
860 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
861 int start, end; | |
314 | 862 { |
25012 | 863 int i, j; |
864 | |
865 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
866 { | |
867 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
868 initialization. */ | |
869 struct glyph_row temp; | |
870 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
871 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
872 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
873 } | |
314 | 874 } |
875 | |
25012 | 876 |
877 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
878 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
879 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
880 row structures are moved around). | |
881 | |
882 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
883 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
884 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
885 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
886 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
887 rotating right. */ | |
888 | |
889 void | |
890 rotate_matrix (matrix, first, last, by) | |
891 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
892 int first, last, by; | |
314 | 893 { |
25012 | 894 if (by < 0) |
895 { | |
896 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
897 by = -by; | |
898 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
899 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
900 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
901 } | |
902 else if (by > 0) | |
314 | 903 { |
25012 | 904 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
905 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
906 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
907 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
314 | 908 } |
25012 | 909 } |
910 | |
911 | |
912 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
913 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
914 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
915 | |
916 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
917 increment_matrix_positions (matrix, start, end, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 918 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; |
919 int start, end, delta, delta_bytes; | |
920 { | |
921 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
922 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
923 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
924 xassert (start <= end); | |
925 | |
926 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
927 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 928 } |
929 | |
930 | |
931 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
932 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
933 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
934 | |
935 void | |
936 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, start, end, enabled_p) | |
937 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
938 int start, end; | |
939 int enabled_p; | |
940 { | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
941 xassert (start <= end); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
942 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
943 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
944 |
25012 | 945 for (; start < end; ++start) |
946 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
947 } | |
948 | |
949 | |
950 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
951 | |
952 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
953 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
954 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
955 enabled_p flag. | |
956 | |
957 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
958 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
959 | |
960 void | |
961 clear_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
962 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
963 { | |
964 if (matrix) | |
314 | 965 { |
25012 | 966 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
967 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
314 | 968 } |
969 } | |
25012 | 970 |
971 | |
972 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
973 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
974 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
975 | |
976 void | |
977 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, start, end, dy) | |
978 struct window *w; | |
979 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
980 int start, end, dy; | |
981 { | |
982 int min_y, max_y; | |
983 | |
984 xassert (start <= end); | |
985 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
986 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
987 | |
25546 | 988 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
25012 | 989 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
990 | |
991 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
992 { | |
993 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
994 | |
995 row->y += dy; | |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
996 row->visible_height = row->height; |
25012 | 997 |
998 if (row->y < min_y) | |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
999 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1000 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1001 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1002 } |
1003 } | |
1004 | |
1005 | |
1006 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
1007 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
1008 current matrix. */ | |
1009 | |
1010 void | |
1011 clear_current_matrices (f) | |
1012 register struct frame *f; | |
1013 { | |
1014 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
1015 if (f->current_matrix) | |
1016 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
1017 | |
1018 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
1019 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
1020 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
1021 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
1022 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
1023 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1024 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1025 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1026 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
25012 | 1027 |
1028 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
1029 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1030 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
1031 } | |
1032 | |
1033 | |
1034 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
314 | 1035 |
21514 | 1036 void |
25012 | 1037 clear_desired_matrices (f) |
1038 register struct frame *f; | |
314 | 1039 { |
25012 | 1040 if (f->desired_matrix) |
1041 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
1042 | |
1043 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
1044 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
1045 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1046 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1047 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
25012 | 1048 |
1049 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
1050 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1051 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
1052 } | |
1053 | |
1054 | |
1055 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
1056 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
1057 | |
1058 static void | |
1059 clear_window_matrices (w, desired_p) | |
1060 struct window *w; | |
1061 int desired_p; | |
1062 { | |
1063 while (w) | |
314 | 1064 { |
25012 | 1065 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
1066 { | |
1067 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
1068 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
1069 } | |
1070 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
314 | 1071 { |
25012 | 1072 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
1073 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
1074 } | |
1075 else | |
1076 { | |
1077 if (desired_p) | |
1078 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
1079 else | |
314 | 1080 { |
25012 | 1081 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
1082 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
314 | 1083 } |
25012 | 1084 } |
1085 | |
1086 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
1087 } | |
1088 } | |
1089 | |
1090 | |
1091 | |
1092 /*********************************************************************** | |
1093 Glyph Rows | |
1094 | |
1095 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
1096 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1097 | |
1098 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
1099 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
1100 structure members. */ | |
1101 | |
33527
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1102 static struct glyph_row null_row; |
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1103 |
25012 | 1104 void |
1105 clear_glyph_row (row) | |
1106 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1107 { | |
1108 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1109 | |
1110 /* Save pointers. */ | |
1111 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1112 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1113 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1114 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1115 | |
1116 /* Clear. */ | |
1117 *row = null_row; | |
1118 | |
1119 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
1120 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1121 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1122 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1123 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1124 |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1125 #if 0 /* At some point, some bit-fields of struct glyph were not set, |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1126 which made glyphs unequal when compared with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1127 Redisplay outputs such glyphs, and flickering effects were |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1128 the result. This also depended on the contents of memory |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1129 returned by xmalloc. If flickering happens again, activate |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1130 the code below If the flickering is gone with that, chances |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1131 are that the flickering has the same reason as here. */ |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1132 bzero (p[0], (char *) p[LAST_AREA] - (char *) p[0]); |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1133 #endif |
25012 | 1134 } |
1135 | |
1136 | |
1137 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
1138 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
1139 | |
1140 void | |
1141 blank_row (w, row, y) | |
1142 struct window *w; | |
1143 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1144 int y; | |
1145 { | |
1146 int min_y, max_y; | |
1147 | |
25546 | 1148 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
25012 | 1149 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
1150 | |
1151 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1152 row->y = y; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1153 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1154 row->height = row->phys_height = CANON_Y_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1155 row->visible_height = row->height; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1156 |
25012 | 1157 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1158 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1159 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1160 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1161 |
1162 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1163 } | |
1164 | |
1165 | |
1166 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
1167 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
1168 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
1169 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
1170 ends. */ | |
1171 | |
1172 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1173 increment_row_positions (row, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1174 struct glyph_row *row; |
1175 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1176 { | |
1177 int area, i; | |
1178 | |
1179 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
1180 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1181 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1182 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1183 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1184 | |
1185 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ | |
1186 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1187 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
1188 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
1189 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
1190 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
1191 | |
1192 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
1193 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
1194 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1195 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
1196 } | |
1197 | |
1198 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1199 #if 0 |
25012 | 1200 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph |
1201 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
1202 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
1203 | |
1204 static void | |
1205 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
1206 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1207 { | |
1208 int area; | |
1209 | |
1210 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1211 { | |
1212 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
1213 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
1214 | |
1215 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1216 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1217 | |
1218 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1219 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
1220 | |
1221 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
1222 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1223 | |
1224 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
1225 { | |
1226 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
1227 initialization. */ | |
1228 struct glyph temp; | |
1229 temp = *glyph_a; | |
1230 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
1231 *glyph_b = temp; | |
1232 ++glyph_a; | |
1233 ++glyph_b; | |
314 | 1234 } |
1235 } | |
1236 } | |
25012 | 1237 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1238 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1239 |
1240 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
1241 | |
1242 static INLINE void | |
1243 swap_glyph_pointers (a, b) | |
1244 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1245 { | |
1246 int i; | |
1247 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
1248 { | |
1249 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
1250 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
1251 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
1252 } | |
1253 } | |
1254 | |
1255 | |
1256 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
1257 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
1258 | |
1259 INLINE void | |
1260 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from) | |
1261 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1262 { | |
1263 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1264 | |
1265 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
1266 bcopy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1267 | |
1268 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
1269 *to = *from; | |
1270 | |
1271 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
1272 bcopy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1273 } | |
1274 | |
1275 | |
1276 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
1277 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
1278 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
1279 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
1280 | |
1281 void | |
1282 copy_glyph_row_contents (to, from, delta, delta_bytes) | |
1283 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1284 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1285 { | |
1286 int area; | |
1287 | |
1288 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
1289 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
1290 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1291 | |
1292 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
1293 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1294 if (from->used[area]) | |
1295 bcopy (from->glyphs[area], to->glyphs[area], | |
1296 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
1297 | |
1298 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1299 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 1300 } |
1301 | |
1302 | |
1303 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
1304 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
1305 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
1306 a memory leak. */ | |
1307 | |
1308 static INLINE void | |
1309 assign_row (to, from) | |
1310 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1311 { | |
1312 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
1313 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1314 } | |
1315 | |
1316 | |
1317 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
1318 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
1319 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
1320 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
1321 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
1322 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
1323 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1324 |
25012 | 1325 static int |
1326 glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
1327 struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
1328 { | |
1329 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1330 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1331 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1332 | |
1333 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
1334 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
1335 } | |
1336 | |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1337 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
25012 | 1338 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1339 #if 0 |
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1340 |
25012 | 1341 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice |
1342 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
1343 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
1344 | |
1345 static struct glyph_row * | |
1346 find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
1347 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
1348 int row; | |
1349 { | |
1350 int i; | |
1351 | |
1352 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
1353 | |
1354 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1355 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
1356 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
1357 break; | |
1358 | |
1359 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
1360 } | |
1361 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1362 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1363 |
1364 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
1365 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
1366 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
1367 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
1368 | |
1369 void | |
1370 prepare_desired_row (row) | |
1371 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1372 { | |
1373 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
1374 { | |
1375 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1376 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1377 } | |
1378 } | |
1379 | |
1380 | |
1381 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
1382 | |
1383 int | |
1384 line_hash_code (row) | |
1385 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1386 { | |
1387 int hash = 0; | |
1388 | |
1389 if (row->enabled_p) | |
1390 { | |
1391 if (row->inverse_p) | |
1392 { | |
1393 /* Give all highlighted lines the same hash code | |
1394 so as to encourage scrolling to leave them in place. */ | |
1395 hash = -1; | |
1396 } | |
1397 else | |
1398 { | |
1399 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1400 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1401 | |
1402 while (glyph < end) | |
1403 { | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1404 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1405 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
25012 | 1406 if (must_write_spaces) |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1407 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1408 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1409 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
25012 | 1410 ++glyph; |
1411 } | |
1412 | |
1413 if (hash == 0) | |
1414 hash = 1; | |
1415 } | |
1416 } | |
1417 | |
1418 return hash; | |
1419 } | |
1420 | |
1421 | |
1422 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS In MATRIX. The cost equals | |
1423 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is | |
1424 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
1425 | |
1426 static unsigned int | |
1427 line_draw_cost (matrix, vpos) | |
1428 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1429 int vpos; | |
1430 { | |
1431 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
1432 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1433 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1434 int len; | |
1435 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
1436 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
1437 | |
1438 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
1439 if (!must_write_spaces) | |
1440 { | |
1441 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
1442 while (end > beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*(end - 1))) |
25012 | 1443 --end; |
1444 | |
1445 /* All blank line. */ | |
1446 if (end == beg) | |
1447 return 0; | |
1448 | |
1449 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
1450 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
1451 ++beg; | |
1452 } | |
1453 | |
1454 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
1455 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
1456 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
1457 len = end - beg; | |
1458 else | |
1459 { | |
1460 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
1461 in LEN. */ | |
1462 len = 0; | |
1463 while (beg < end) | |
1464 { | |
1465 GLYPH g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*beg); | |
1466 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1467 if (g < 0 |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1468 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
25012 | 1469 len += 1; |
1470 else | |
1471 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
1472 | |
1473 ++beg; | |
1474 } | |
1475 } | |
1476 | |
1477 return len; | |
1478 } | |
1479 | |
1480 | |
1481 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
1482 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
1483 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1484 visibility. MOUSE_FACE_P non-zero means compare the mouse_face_p |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1485 flags of A and B, too. */ |
25012 | 1486 |
1487 static INLINE int | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1488 row_equal_p (w, a, b, mouse_face_p) |
25012 | 1489 struct window *w; |
1490 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1491 int mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 1492 { |
1493 if (a == b) | |
1494 return 1; | |
1495 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
1496 return 0; | |
1497 else | |
1498 { | |
1499 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
1500 int area; | |
1501 | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1502 if (mouse_face_p && a->mouse_face_p != b->mouse_face_p) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1503 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1504 |
25012 | 1505 /* Compare glyphs. */ |
1506 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1507 { | |
1508 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
1509 return 0; | |
1510 | |
1511 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1512 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
1513 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1514 | |
1515 while (a_glyph < a_end | |
1516 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
1517 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
1518 | |
1519 if (a_glyph != a_end) | |
1520 return 0; | |
1521 } | |
1522 | |
1523 if (a->truncated_on_left_p != b->truncated_on_left_p | |
1524 || a->inverse_p != b->inverse_p | |
1525 || a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p | |
1526 || a->truncated_on_right_p != b->truncated_on_right_p | |
1527 || a->overlay_arrow_p != b->overlay_arrow_p | |
1528 || a->continued_p != b->continued_p | |
1529 || a->indicate_empty_line_p != b->indicate_empty_line_p | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1530 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
25012 | 1531 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
1532 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
1533 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ | |
1534 || a->x != b->x | |
1535 /* Different height. */ | |
1536 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1537 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1538 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
25012 | 1539 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
1540 return 0; | |
1541 } | |
1542 | |
1543 return 1; | |
1544 } | |
1545 | |
1546 | |
314 | 1547 |
25012 | 1548 /*********************************************************************** |
1549 Glyph Pool | |
1550 | |
1551 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
1552 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1553 | |
1554 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
1555 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1556 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
1557 | |
1558 static struct glyph_pool * | |
1559 new_glyph_pool () | |
1560 { | |
1561 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
1562 | |
1563 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
1564 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
1565 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
1566 | |
1567 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ | |
1568 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
1569 | |
1570 return result; | |
1571 } | |
1572 | |
1573 | |
1574 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
1575 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1576 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
1577 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
1578 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
1579 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
1580 | |
1581 static void | |
1582 free_glyph_pool (pool) | |
1583 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1584 { | |
1585 if (pool) | |
1586 { | |
1587 /* More freed than allocated? */ | |
1588 --glyph_pool_count; | |
1589 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
1590 | |
1591 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
1592 xfree (pool); | |
1593 } | |
1594 } | |
1595 | |
1596 | |
1597 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
1598 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
1599 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
1600 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
1601 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
1602 | |
1603 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
1604 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
1605 | |
1606 static int | |
1607 realloc_glyph_pool (pool, matrix_dim) | |
1608 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1609 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
1610 { | |
1611 int needed; | |
1612 int changed_p; | |
1613 | |
1614 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
1615 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
1616 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
1617 | |
1618 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
1619 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
1620 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
1621 { | |
1622 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
1623 | |
1624 if (pool->glyphs) | |
1625 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1626 else | |
1627 { | |
1628 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
1629 bzero (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1630 } | |
1631 | |
1632 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
1633 } | |
1634 | |
1635 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use then | |
1636 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines | |
1637 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
1638 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
1639 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
1640 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
1641 | |
1642 return changed_p; | |
1643 } | |
1644 | |
1645 | |
1646 | |
1647 /*********************************************************************** | |
1648 Debug Code | |
1649 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1650 | |
1651 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
1652 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1653 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1654 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1655 the debugger. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1656 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1657 void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1658 flush_stdout () |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1659 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1660 fflush (stdout); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1661 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1662 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1663 |
25012 | 1664 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
1665 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
1666 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
1667 MATRIX. */ | |
1668 | |
1669 void | |
1670 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
1671 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1672 { | |
1673 int i, j; | |
1674 | |
1675 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1676 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
1677 xassert (i == j | |
1678 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
1679 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
1680 } | |
1681 | |
1682 | |
1683 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
1684 | |
1685 struct glyph_row * | |
1686 matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
1687 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1688 int row; | |
1689 { | |
1690 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
1691 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
1692 | |
1693 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
1694 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
1695 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
314 | 1696 #if 0 |
25012 | 1697 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
1698 #endif | |
1699 | |
1700 return matrix->rows + row; | |
1701 } | |
1702 | |
1703 | |
1704 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
1705 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
1706 nevertheless. */ | |
1707 | |
1708 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
1709 window W. */ | |
1710 | |
1711 static void | |
1712 check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
314 | 1713 struct window *w; |
1714 { | |
25012 | 1715 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
1716 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
1717 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
1718 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
1719 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
1720 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1721 int c; | |
1722 | |
1723 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ | |
1724 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
1725 return; | |
1726 | |
1727 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
1728 | |
1729 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
1730 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
1731 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
1732 { | |
1733 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
1734 | |
1735 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1736 last_text_row = row; | |
1737 | |
1738 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
1739 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1740 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1741 | |
1742 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
1743 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
1744 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
1745 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
1746 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1747 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1748 | |
1749 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
1750 of next row. */ | |
1751 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
1752 { | |
1753 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
1754 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
1755 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1756 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
1757 } | |
1758 row = next; | |
1759 } | |
1760 | |
1761 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
1762 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
1763 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
1764 } | |
1765 | |
1766 #endif /* 0 */ | |
1767 | |
1768 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
1769 | |
1770 | |
1771 | |
1772 /********************************************************************** | |
1773 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
1774 **********************************************************************/ | |
1775 | |
1776 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
1777 redisplay | |
1778 | |
1779 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
1780 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
1781 allocated. CH_DIM contains the dimensions of the smallest | |
1782 character that could be used during display. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero | |
1783 means that the caller of this function is only interested in the | |
1784 result matrix dimension, and matrix adjustments should not be | |
1785 performed. | |
1786 | |
1787 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
1788 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
1789 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
1790 | |
1791 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
1792 | |
1793 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
1794 glyph matrices yet, and | |
1795 | |
1796 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
1797 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
1798 DIM_ONLY_P). | |
1799 | |
1800 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
1801 function. | |
1802 | |
1803 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
1804 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
1805 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
1806 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
1807 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
1808 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
1809 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
1810 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
1811 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
1812 | |
1813 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
1814 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
1815 necessary. | |
1816 | |
1817 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
1818 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
1819 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
1820 windows in the sequence. | |
1821 | |
1822 |<------- result width ------->| | |
1823 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
1824 | | | | | | |
1825 | | | | | |
1826 +---------+ | | result height | |
1827 | +---------+ | |
1828 | | | | |
1829 +----------+ --- | |
1830 | |
1831 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
1832 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
1833 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
1834 | |
1835 |<---- result width -->| | |
1836 +---------+ --- | |
1837 | | | | |
1838 | | | | |
1839 +---------+--+ | | |
1840 | | | | |
1841 | | result height | |
1842 | | | |
1843 +------------+---------+ | | |
1844 | | | | |
1845 | | | | |
1846 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
1847 | |
1848 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
1849 allocated. */ | |
1850 | |
1851 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
1852 | |
1853 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
1854 size. */ | |
1855 | |
1856 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
1857 | |
1858 static struct dim | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1859 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (window, x, y, dim_only_p, |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1860 window_change_flags) |
25012 | 1861 Lisp_Object window; |
1862 int x, y; | |
1863 int dim_only_p; | |
1864 int *window_change_flags; | |
1865 { | |
1866 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
1867 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
1868 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
1869 struct dim total; | |
1870 struct dim dim; | |
1871 struct window *w; | |
1872 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
1873 | |
1874 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
1875 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
1876 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
1877 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
1878 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
1879 vertically below other windows. */ | |
1880 in_horz_combination_p | |
1881 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
1882 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
1883 | |
1884 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
1885 do | |
1886 { | |
1887 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1888 | |
1889 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
1890 on whether this a combination or a leaf window. */ | |
1891 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1892 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1893 dim_only_p, |
1894 window_change_flags); | |
1895 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1896 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1897 dim_only_p, |
1898 window_change_flags); | |
1899 else | |
1900 { | |
1901 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
1902 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1903 { | |
1904 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1905 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1906 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1907 } | |
1908 | |
1909 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no | |
1910 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1911 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1912 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 1913 |
1914 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
1915 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
1916 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
1917 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
1918 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
1919 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
1920 w->right_margin_width) | |
1921 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) | |
1922 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
1923 w->left_margin_width) | |
1924 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) | |
1925 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1926 | |
1927 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
1928 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
1929 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
1930 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
1931 necessary. */ | |
1932 if (!dim_only_p) | |
1933 { | |
1934 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1935 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1936 } | |
1937 } | |
1938 | |
1939 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
1940 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
1941 below W. */ | |
1942 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1943 x += dim.width; | |
1944 else | |
1945 y += dim.height; | |
1946 | |
1947 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
1948 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
1949 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
1950 | |
1951 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
1952 window = w->next; | |
1953 } | |
1954 while (!NILP (window)); | |
1955 | |
1956 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
1957 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
1958 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
1959 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
1960 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
1961 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
1962 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1963 { | |
1964 total.width = x - x0; | |
1965 total.height = hmax; | |
1966 } | |
1967 else | |
1968 { | |
1969 total.width = wmax; | |
1970 total.height = y - y0; | |
1971 } | |
1972 | |
1973 return total; | |
1974 } | |
1975 | |
1976 | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1977 /* Return the required height of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1978 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1979 int |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1980 required_matrix_height (w) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1981 struct window *w; |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1982 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1983 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1984 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1985 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1986 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1987 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1988 int ch_height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1989 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + abs (w->vscroll); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1990 return (((window_pixel_height + ch_height - 1) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1991 / ch_height) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1992 /* One partially visible line at the top and |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1993 bottom of the window. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1994 + 2 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1995 /* 2 for top and mode line. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1996 + 2); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1997 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1998 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1999 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2000 return XINT (w->height); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2001 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2002 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2003 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2004 /* Return the required width of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2005 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2006 int |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2007 required_matrix_width (w) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2008 struct window *w; |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2009 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2010 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2011 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2012 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2013 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2014 int ch_width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2015 int window_pixel_width = XFLOATINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2016 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2017 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2018 return (((window_pixel_width + ch_width - 1) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2019 / ch_width) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2020 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2021 + 2 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2022 /* One partially visible column at the right |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2023 edge of each marginal area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2024 + 1 + 1); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2025 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2026 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2027 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2028 return XINT (w->width); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2029 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2030 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2031 |
25012 | 2032 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the |
2033 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. CH_DIM is the | |
2034 size of the smallest character that could potentially be used on W. */ | |
2035 | |
2036 static void | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2037 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w) |
25012 | 2038 struct window *w; |
2039 { | |
2040 while (w) | |
314 | 2041 { |
25012 | 2042 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2043 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); |
25012 | 2044 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2045 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); |
25012 | 2046 else |
314 | 2047 { |
25012 | 2048 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
2049 struct dim dim; | |
2050 | |
2051 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
2052 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
314 | 2053 { |
25012 | 2054 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
2055 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
314 | 2056 } |
25012 | 2057 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2058 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2059 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 2060 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); |
2061 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
2062 } | |
2063 | |
2064 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2065 } | |
2066 } | |
2067 | |
2068 | |
2069 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
2070 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
2071 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
2072 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
2073 | |
2074 void | |
2075 adjust_glyphs (f) | |
2076 struct frame *f; | |
2077 { | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2078 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2079 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2080 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2081 |
25012 | 2082 if (f) |
2083 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
2084 else | |
2085 { | |
2086 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
2087 | |
2088 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) | |
2089 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
2090 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2091 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2092 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2093 } |
2094 | |
2095 | |
2096 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
2097 | |
2098 To be called from init_display. | |
2099 | |
2100 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. | |
2101 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
2102 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
2103 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
2104 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
2105 windows to estimated values. */ | |
2106 | |
2107 static void | |
2108 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially () | |
2109 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2110 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2111 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
25012 | 2112 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2113 int frame_height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2114 int frame_width = FRAME_WIDTH (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2115 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
25012 | 2116 |
2117 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
2118 XSETFASTINT (root->top, top_margin); | |
2119 XSETFASTINT (root->width, frame_width); | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2120 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_height - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
25012 | 2121 |
2122 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
2123 XSETFASTINT (mini->top, frame_height - 1); | |
2124 XSETFASTINT (mini->width, frame_width); | |
2125 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); | |
2126 | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2127 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
25012 | 2128 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
2129 } | |
2130 | |
2131 | |
2132 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
2133 | |
2134 static void | |
2135 adjust_frame_glyphs (f) | |
2136 struct frame *f; | |
2137 { | |
2138 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
2139 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
2140 else | |
2141 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
2142 | |
2143 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for | |
2144 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
2145 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
2146 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
2147 | |
2148 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
2149 } | |
2150 | |
2151 | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2152 /* In the window tree with root W, build current matrices of leaf |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2153 windows from the frame's current matrix. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2154 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2155 static void |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2156 fake_current_matrices (window) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2157 Lisp_Object window; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2158 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2159 struct window *w; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2160 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2161 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2162 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2163 w = XWINDOW (window); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2164 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2165 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2166 fake_current_matrices (w->hchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2167 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2168 fake_current_matrices (w->vchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2169 else |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2170 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2171 int i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2172 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2173 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2174 struct glyph_matrix *fm = f->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2175 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2176 xassert (m->matrix_h == XFASTINT (w->height)); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2177 xassert (m->matrix_w == XFASTINT (w->width)); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2178 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2179 for (i = 0; i < m->matrix_h; ++i) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2180 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2181 struct glyph_row *r = m->rows + i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2182 struct glyph_row *fr = fm->rows + i + XFASTINT (w->top); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2183 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2184 xassert (r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] >= fr->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2185 && r->glyphs[LAST_AREA] <= fr->glyphs[LAST_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2186 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2187 r->enabled_p = fr->enabled_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2188 if (r->enabled_p) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2189 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2190 r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->left_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2191 r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->right_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2192 r->used[TEXT_AREA] = (m->matrix_w |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2193 - r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2194 - r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2195 r->mode_line_p = 0; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2196 r->inverse_p = fr->inverse_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2197 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2198 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2199 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2200 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2201 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2202 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2203 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2204 /* Save away the contents of frame F's current frame matrix. Value is |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2205 a glyph matrix holding the contents of F's current frame matrix. '*/ |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2206 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2207 static struct glyph_matrix * |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2208 save_current_matrix (f) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2209 struct frame *f; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2210 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2211 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2212 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2213 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2214 saved = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2215 bzero (saved, sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2216 saved->nrows = f->current_matrix->nrows; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2217 saved->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xmalloc (saved->nrows |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2218 * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2219 bzero (saved->rows, saved->nrows * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2220 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2221 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2222 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2223 struct glyph_row *from = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2224 struct glyph_row *to = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2225 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2226 to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2227 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2228 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2229 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2230 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2231 return saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2232 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2233 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2234 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2235 /* Restore the contents of frame F's current frame matrix from SAVED, |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2236 and free memory associated with SAVED. */ |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2237 |
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2238 static void |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2239 restore_current_matrix (f, saved) |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2240 struct frame *f; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2241 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2242 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2243 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2244 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2245 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2246 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2247 struct glyph_row *from = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2248 struct glyph_row *to = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2249 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2250 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2251 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2252 xfree (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2253 } |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2254 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2255 xfree (saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2256 xfree (saved); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2257 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2258 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2259 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2260 |
25012 | 2261 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for |
2262 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
2263 | |
2264 static void | |
2265 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f) | |
2266 struct frame *f; | |
2267 { | |
2268 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2269 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
2270 int pool_changed_p; | |
2271 int window_change_flags; | |
2272 int top_window_y; | |
2273 | |
2274 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
2275 return; | |
2276 | |
2277 /* Determine the smallest character in any font for F. On | |
2278 console windows, all characters have dimension (1, 1). */ | |
2279 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
2280 | |
2281 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); | |
2282 | |
2283 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
2284 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
2285 { | |
2286 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2287 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2288 } | |
2289 | |
2290 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
2291 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
2292 { | |
2293 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
2294 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
2295 } | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2296 |
25012 | 2297 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer |
2298 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
2299 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
2300 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
2301 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
2302 matrix. */ | |
2303 window_change_flags = 0; | |
2304 matrix_dim | |
2305 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2306 0, top_window_y, | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2307 1, |
25012 | 2308 &window_change_flags); |
2309 | |
2310 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
2311 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
2312 | |
2313 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
2314 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2315 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2316 | |
2317 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if | |
2318 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ | |
2319 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
2320 { | |
2321 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
2322 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2323 0, top_window_y, 0, |
25012 | 2324 &window_change_flags); |
2325 | |
2326 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
2327 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
2328 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
2329 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_WIDTH (f) | |
2330 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
2331 | |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2332 /* Pointers to glyph memory in glyph rows are exchanged during |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2333 the update phase of redisplay, which means in general that a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2334 frame's current matrix consists of pointers into both the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2335 desired and current glyph pool of the frame. Adjusting a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2336 matrix sets the frame matrix up so that pointers are all into |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2337 the same pool. If we want to preserve glyph contents of the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2338 current matrix over a call to adjust_glyph_matrix, we must |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2339 make a copy of the current glyphs, and restore the current |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2340 matrix' contents from that copy. */ |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2341 if (display_completed |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2342 && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2343 && matrix_dim.width == f->current_matrix->matrix_w |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2344 && matrix_dim.height == f->current_matrix->matrix_h) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2345 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2346 struct glyph_matrix *copy = save_current_matrix (f); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2347 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2348 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2349 restore_current_matrix (f, copy); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2350 fake_current_matrices (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2351 } |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2352 else |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2353 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2354 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2355 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2356 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2357 } |
25012 | 2358 } |
2359 } | |
2360 | |
2361 | |
2362 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
2363 window-based redisplay. */ | |
2364 | |
2365 static void | |
2366 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f) | |
2367 struct frame *f; | |
2368 { | |
2369 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2370 struct window *w; | |
2371 | |
2372 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
2373 | |
2374 /* Get minimum sizes. */ | |
2375 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM | |
2376 ch_dim.width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); | |
2377 ch_dim.height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); | |
2378 #else | |
2379 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
2380 #endif | |
2381 | |
2382 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2383 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
25012 | 2384 |
2385 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display | |
2386 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
2387 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
2388 { | |
2389 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
2390 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2391 { | |
2392 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
2393 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2394 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
2395 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2396 } | |
2397 else | |
2398 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2399 | |
2400 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
2401 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
2402 XSETFASTINT (w->top, 0); | |
2403 XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
2404 XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
2405 XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2406 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
25012 | 2407 } |
2408 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
2409 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2410 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2411 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2412 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2413 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2414 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2415 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2416 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
2417 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2418 } | |
2419 else | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2420 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2421 |
2422 XSETFASTINT (w->top, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
2423 XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2424 XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
25012 | 2425 XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2426 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
25012 | 2427 } |
2428 | |
2429 | |
2430 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. | |
2431 | |
2432 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
2433 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
2434 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
2435 | |
2436 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
2437 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
2438 | |
2439 static void | |
2440 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f) | |
2441 struct frame *f; | |
2442 { | |
2443 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
2444 | |
2445 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
2446 { | |
2447 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
2448 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
2449 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
2450 } | |
2451 else | |
2452 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
2453 } | |
2454 | |
2455 | |
2456 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
2457 | |
2458 static void | |
2459 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f) | |
2460 struct frame *f; | |
2461 { | |
2462 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
2463 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
2464 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
2465 } | |
2466 | |
2467 | |
2468 | |
2469 /********************************************************************** | |
2470 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
2471 **********************************************************************/ | |
2472 | |
2473 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
2474 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
2475 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
2476 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
2477 | |
2478 void | |
2479 free_glyphs (f) | |
2480 struct frame *f; | |
2481 { | |
2482 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
2483 { | |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2484 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2485 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2486 BLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2487 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
2488 | |
2489 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ | |
2490 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
2491 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
2492 | |
2493 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
2494 glyph matrices. */ | |
2495 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2496 { | |
2497 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2498 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2499 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2500 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2501 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
2502 } | |
2503 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2504 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2505 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2506 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2507 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2508 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
2509 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2510 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2511 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
25012 | 2512 } |
2513 | |
2514 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
2515 case we are called a second time. */ | |
2516 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
2517 { | |
2518 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
2519 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
2520 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2521 } | |
2522 | |
2523 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
2524 if (f->desired_pool) | |
2525 { | |
2526 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
2527 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
2528 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
314 | 2529 } |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2530 |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2531 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 2532 } |
2533 } | |
2534 | |
25012 | 2535 |
2536 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
2537 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
2538 the same tree more than once. */ | |
2539 | |
2540 void | |
2541 free_window_matrices (w) | |
2542 struct window *w; | |
2543 { | |
2544 while (w) | |
2545 { | |
2546 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2547 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2548 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2549 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2550 else | |
2551 { | |
2552 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
2553 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
2554 W. */ | |
2555 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2556 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2557 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
2558 } | |
2559 | |
2560 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2561 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2562 } | |
2563 } | |
2564 | |
2565 | |
2566 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
2567 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
2568 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
2569 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2570 |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2571 void |
25012 | 2572 check_glyph_memory () |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2573 { |
25012 | 2574 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
2575 | |
2576 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
2577 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2578 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
2579 | |
2580 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2581 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
2582 abort (); | |
2583 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
2584 abort (); | |
2585 } | |
2586 | |
2587 | |
2588 | |
2589 /********************************************************************** | |
2590 Building a Frame Matrix | |
2591 **********************************************************************/ | |
2592 | |
2593 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
2594 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
2595 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
2596 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
2597 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
2598 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
2599 window matrices in this section. | |
2600 | |
2601 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
2602 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
2603 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
2604 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
2605 | |
2606 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2607 | desired | desired | | |
2608 | | | | |
2609 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2610 | current | | |
2611 | | | |
2612 +----------------------------------+ | |
2613 | |
2614 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
2615 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
2616 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
2617 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
2618 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
2619 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
2620 | |
2621 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
2622 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
2623 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
2624 enabled. | |
2625 | |
2626 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to | |
2627 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
2628 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
2629 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
2630 | |
2631 This problem is solved like this: | |
2632 | |
2633 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
2634 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
2635 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
2636 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
2637 automatically. | |
2638 | |
2639 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are | |
2640 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
2641 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
2642 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
2643 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
2644 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
2645 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
2646 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
2647 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
2648 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
2649 | |
2650 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
2651 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
2652 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
2653 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
2654 | |
2655 static void | |
2656 build_frame_matrix (f) | |
2657 struct frame *f; | |
2658 { | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2659 int i; |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2660 |
25012 | 2661 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
2662 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
2663 | |
2664 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. | |
2665 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
2666 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
2667 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
2668 | |
2669 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
2670 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
2671 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
2672 } | |
2673 | |
2674 | |
2675 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
2676 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
2677 | |
2678 static void | |
2679 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, w) | |
2680 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2681 struct window *w; | |
2682 { | |
2683 while (w) | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2684 { |
25012 | 2685 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
2686 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2687 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2688 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2689 else | |
2690 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
2691 | |
2692 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2693 } |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2694 } |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2695 |
25012 | 2696 |
2697 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
2698 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
2699 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
2700 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
2701 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
2702 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
2703 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
2704 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
2705 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
2706 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
2707 | |
2708 static void | |
2709 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (frame_matrix, w) | |
2710 struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix; | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2711 struct window *w; |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2712 { |
25012 | 2713 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
2714 int window_y, frame_y; | |
2715 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
2716 GLYPH right_border_glyph = 0; | |
2717 | |
2718 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2719 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
2720 { | |
2721 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
2722 | |
2723 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
2724 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
2725 { | |
2726 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
2727 right_border_glyph = (dp && INTEGERP (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2728 ? XINT (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2729 : '|'); | |
2730 } | |
2731 } | |
2732 else | |
2733 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
2734 | |
2735 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
2736 frame matrix. */ | |
2737 window_y = 0; | |
2738 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2739 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2740 { |
25012 | 2741 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
2742 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2743 int current_row_p = window_matrix == w->current_matrix; |
25012 | 2744 |
2745 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
2746 window row. */ | |
2747 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
2748 | |
2749 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
2750 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2751 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2752 /* If only part of W's desired matrix has been built, and |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2753 window_row wasn't displayed, use the corresponding current |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2754 row instead. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2755 if (window_matrix == w->desired_matrix |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2756 && !window_row->enabled_p) |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2757 { |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2758 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows + window_y; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2759 current_row_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2760 } |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2761 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2762 if (current_row_p) |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2763 { |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2764 /* Copy window row to frame row. */ |
25012 | 2765 bcopy (window_row->glyphs[0], |
2766 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, | |
2767 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
2768 } | |
2769 else | |
2770 { | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2771 xassert (window_row->enabled_p); |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2772 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2773 /* Only when a desired row has been displayed, we want |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2774 the corresponding frame row to be updated. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2775 frame_row->enabled_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2776 |
25012 | 2777 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent |
2778 windows. */ | |
2779 if (right_border_glyph) | |
2780 { | |
2781 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
2782 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
2783 } | |
2784 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2785 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2786 frame_y. */ |
25012 | 2787 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2788 |
25012 | 2789 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
2790 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2791 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2792 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2793 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
2794 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, 0); |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2795 #endif |
25012 | 2796 } |
2797 | |
2798 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
2799 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
2800 can be done simply. */ | |
2801 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
2802 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; | |
2803 | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2804 /* Or in other flags. */ |
25012 | 2805 frame_row->inverse_p |= window_row->inverse_p; |
2806 | |
2807 /* Next row. */ | |
2808 ++window_y; | |
2809 ++frame_y; | |
2810 } | |
2811 } | |
2812 | |
2813 | |
2814 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
2815 | |
2816 Each row has the form: | |
2817 | |
2818 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2819 | left | text | right | | |
2820 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2821 | |
2822 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
2823 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
2824 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
2825 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
2826 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
2827 | |
2828 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
2829 | |
2830 static void | |
2831 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (row) | |
2832 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2833 { | |
2834 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2835 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
2836 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2837 } | |
2838 | |
2839 | |
2840 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
2841 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
2842 | |
2843 static void | |
2844 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, area) | |
2845 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2846 int area; | |
2847 { | |
2848 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
2849 { | |
2850 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
2851 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
2852 | |
2853 while (text < end) | |
2854 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
2855 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
2856 } | |
2857 } | |
2858 | |
2859 | |
2860 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
2861 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
2862 | |
2863 static void | |
2864 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (row, upto) | |
2865 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2866 int upto; | |
2867 { | |
2868 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2869 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2870 | |
2871 while (i < upto) | |
2872 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
2873 | |
2874 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
2875 } | |
2876 | |
2877 | |
2878 | |
2879 /********************************************************************** | |
2880 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
2881 **********************************************************************/ | |
2882 | |
2883 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
2884 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
2885 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
2886 | |
2887 static INLINE void | |
2888 set_frame_matrix_frame (f) | |
2889 struct frame *f; | |
2890 { | |
2891 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
2892 } | |
2893 | |
2894 | |
2895 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
2896 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
2897 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
2898 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
2899 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
2900 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
2901 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
2902 | |
2903 static INLINE void | |
2904 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, row) | |
2905 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, *current_matrix; | |
2906 int row; | |
2907 { | |
2908 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
2909 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2910 int mouse_face_p = current_row->mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2911 |
2912 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
2913 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
2914 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2915 | |
2916 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
2917 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2918 current_row->mouse_face_p = mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2919 |
2920 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
2921 for window matrices. */ | |
2922 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2923 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
2924 } | |
2925 | |
2926 | |
2927 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
2928 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
2929 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
2930 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
2931 | |
2932 static void | |
2933 mirror_make_current (w, frame_row) | |
2934 struct window *w; | |
2935 int frame_row; | |
2936 { | |
2937 while (w) | |
2938 { | |
2939 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2940 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
2941 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2942 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
2943 else | |
2944 { | |
2945 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
2946 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
2947 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
2948 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2949 | |
2950 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
2951 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
2952 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2953 { |
25012 | 2954 struct glyph_row *current_row |
2955 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
2956 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
2957 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2958 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2959 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2960 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2961 else |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2962 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
25012 | 2963 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2964 } |
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2965 } |
25012 | 2966 |
2967 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2968 } |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2969 } |
25012 | 2970 |
2971 | |
2972 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
2973 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
2974 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
2975 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
2976 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
2977 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
2978 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
2979 | |
2980 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
2981 | |
2982 void | |
2983 mirrored_line_dance (matrix, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, | |
2984 retained_p) | |
2985 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2986 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
2987 int *copy_from; | |
2988 char *retained_p; | |
2989 { | |
2990 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
2991 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
2992 | |
2993 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
2994 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
2995 | |
2996 int i; | |
2997 | |
2998 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
2999 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3000 bcopy (new_rows, old_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3001 | |
3002 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
3003 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
3004 { | |
3005 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
3006 | |
3007 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
3008 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
3009 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
3010 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
3011 | |
3012 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
3013 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3014 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
3015 } | |
3016 | |
3017 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX Is a frame matrix. */ | |
3018 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
3019 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
3020 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3021 } | |
3022 | |
3023 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3024 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3025 the current frame matrix. W must be full-width, and be on a tty |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3026 frame. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3027 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3028 static void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3029 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3030 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3031 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3032 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3033 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3034 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3035 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3036 must have a frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3037 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3038 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3039 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3040 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3041 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3042 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3043 corresponding frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3044 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3045 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3046 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3047 while (window_row < window_row_end) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3048 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3049 int area; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3050 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3051 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3052 window_row->glyphs[area] = frame_row->glyphs[area]; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3053 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3054 ++window_row, ++frame_row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3055 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3056 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3057 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3058 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3059 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3060 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3061 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3062 struct window * |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3063 frame_row_to_window (w, row) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3064 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3065 int row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3066 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3067 struct window *found = NULL; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3068 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3069 while (w && !found) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3070 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3071 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3072 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3073 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3074 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3075 else if (row >= XFASTINT (w->top) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3076 && row < XFASTINT (w->top) + XFASTINT (w->height)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3077 found = w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3078 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3079 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3080 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3081 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3082 return found; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3083 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3084 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3085 |
25012 | 3086 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
3087 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
3088 | |
3089 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
3090 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
3091 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
3092 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
3093 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
3094 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
3095 which is empty. */ | |
3096 | |
3097 static void | |
3098 mirror_line_dance (w, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p) | |
3099 struct window *w; | |
3100 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
3101 int *copy_from; | |
3102 char *retained_p; | |
3103 { | |
3104 while (w) | |
3105 { | |
3106 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3107 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3108 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3109 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3110 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3111 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3112 else | |
3113 { | |
3114 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
3115 matrix m. */ | |
3116 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3117 int i, sync_p = 0; |
25012 | 3118 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
3119 | |
3120 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
3121 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3122 bcopy (m->rows, old_rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3123 | |
3124 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
3125 { | |
3126 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
3127 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
3128 | |
3129 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ | |
3130 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
3131 | |
3132 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ | |
3133 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
3134 | |
3135 /* Window relative line assigned. */ | |
3136 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
3137 | |
3138 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ | |
3139 int from_inside_window_p | |
3140 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
3141 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3142 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3143 int to_inside_window_p |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3144 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3145 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3146 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
25012 | 3147 { |
3148 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
3149 int enabled_before_p; | |
3150 | |
3151 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved | |
3152 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
3153 that. */ | |
3154 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
3155 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
3156 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
3157 | |
3158 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ | |
3159 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3160 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
3161 } | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3162 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3163 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3164 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3165 case not worth optimizing. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3166 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3167 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3168 struct window *w2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3169 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3170 int m2_from; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3171 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3172 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_to); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3173 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3174 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3175 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3176 m2->rows + m2_from); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3177 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3178 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3179 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3180 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3181 sync_p = 1; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3182 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3183 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3184 sync_p = 1; |
25012 | 3185 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3186 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3187 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3188 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3189 if (sync_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3190 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
25012 | 3191 |
3192 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ | |
3193 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
3194 } | |
3195 | |
3196 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
3197 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3198 } | |
3199 } | |
3200 | |
3201 | |
3202 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3203 | |
3204 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
3205 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
3206 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
3207 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
3208 glyph pointers. */ | |
314 | 3209 |
21514 | 3210 void |
25012 | 3211 check_window_matrix_pointers (w) |
314 | 3212 struct window *w; |
3213 { | |
25012 | 3214 while (w) |
3215 { | |
3216 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3217 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
3218 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3219 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
3220 else | |
3221 { | |
3222 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3223 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
3224 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
3225 } | |
3226 | |
3227 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3228 } | |
3229 } | |
3230 | |
3231 | |
3232 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
3233 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
3234 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
3235 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
3236 | |
3237 static void | |
3238 check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
3239 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
3240 { | |
3241 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
3242 int i = 0; | |
3243 | |
3244 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
3245 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
3246 | |
3247 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a | |
3248 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't | |
3249 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
3250 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
3251 { | |
3252 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
3253 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
3254 abort (); | |
3255 ++i, ++j; | |
3256 } | |
3257 } | |
3258 | |
3259 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
3260 | |
3261 | |
3262 | |
3263 /********************************************************************** | |
3264 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
3265 **********************************************************************/ | |
3266 | |
3267 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3268 | |
3269 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
3270 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3271 | |
3272 static int | |
3273 window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
3274 struct window *w; | |
3275 int vpos; | |
3276 { | |
3277 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3278 | |
3279 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
3280 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
3281 vpos += XFASTINT (w->top); | |
3282 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
3283 return vpos; | |
3284 } | |
3285 | |
3286 | |
3287 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
3288 a vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3289 | |
3290 static int | |
3291 window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
3292 struct window *w; | |
3293 int hpos; | |
3294 { | |
3295 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3296 | |
3297 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
3298 hpos += XFASTINT (w->left); | |
3299 return hpos; | |
314 | 3300 } |
25012 | 3301 |
3302 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ | |
3303 | |
3304 | |
314 | 3305 |
25012 | 3306 /********************************************************************** |
3307 Redrawing Frames | |
3308 **********************************************************************/ | |
3309 | |
3310 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
3311 "Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it.") | |
3312 (frame) | |
3313 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3314 { | |
3315 struct frame *f; | |
3316 | |
3317 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame, 0); | |
3318 f = XFRAME (frame); | |
3319 | |
3320 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
3321 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
3322 called so early here). */ | |
3323 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
3324 return Qnil; | |
3325 | |
3326 update_begin (f); | |
35445
9af454aee182
(Fredraw_frame): Remove reference to
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35374
diff
changeset
|
3327 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
25012 | 3328 set_terminal_modes (); |
3329 clear_frame (); | |
3330 clear_current_matrices (f); | |
3331 update_end (f); | |
3332 fflush (stdout); | |
3333 windows_or_buffers_changed++; | |
3334 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
3335 its redisplay done. */ | |
3336 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
3337 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
3338 f->garbaged = 0; | |
3339 return Qnil; | |
3340 } | |
3341 | |
3342 | |
3343 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
3344 function redraw-frame. */ | |
3345 | |
3346 void | |
3347 redraw_frame (f) | |
3348 struct frame *f; | |
3349 { | |
3350 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3351 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3352 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3353 } | |
3354 | |
3355 | |
3356 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
3357 "Clear and redisplay all visible frames.") | |
3358 () | |
3359 { | |
3360 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3361 | |
3362 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3363 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3364 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3365 | |
3366 return Qnil; | |
3367 } | |
3368 | |
3369 | |
3370 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
3371 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
3372 | |
3373 void | |
3374 redraw_garbaged_frames () | |
3375 { | |
3376 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3377 | |
3378 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3379 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
3380 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3381 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3382 } | |
3383 | |
3384 | |
3385 | |
3386 /*********************************************************************** | |
3387 Direct Operations | |
3388 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3389 | |
3390 /* Try to update display and current glyph matrix directly. | |
3391 | |
3392 This function is called after a character G has been inserted into | |
3393 current_buffer. It tries to update the current glyph matrix and | |
3394 perform appropriate screen output to reflect the insertion. If it | |
3395 succeeds, the global flag redisplay_performed_directly_p will be | |
3396 set to 1, and thereby prevent the more costly general redisplay | |
3397 from running (see redisplay_internal). | |
3398 | |
3399 This function is not called for `hairy' character insertions. | |
3400 In particular, it is not called when after or before change | |
3401 functions exist, like they are used by font-lock. See keyboard.c | |
3402 for details where this function is called. */ | |
314 | 3403 |
3404 int | |
3405 direct_output_for_insert (g) | |
3406 int g; | |
3407 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3408 register struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3409 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3410 struct it it, it2; | |
3411 struct glyph_row *glyph_row; | |
3412 struct glyph *glyphs, *glyph, *end; | |
3413 int n; | |
3414 /* Non-null means that Redisplay of W is based on window matrices. */ | |
3415 int window_redisplay_p = FRAME_WINDOW_P (f); | |
3416 /* Non-null means we are in overwrite mode. */ | |
3417 int overwrite_p = !NILP (current_buffer->overwrite_mode); | |
3418 int added_width; | |
3419 struct text_pos pos; | |
3420 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
3421 | |
3422 /* Not done directly. */ | |
3423 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0; | |
3424 | |
3425 /* Quickly give up for some common cases. */ | |
3426 if (cursor_in_echo_area | |
3427 /* Give up if fonts have changed. */ | |
3428 || fonts_changed_p | |
3429 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ | |
3430 || face_change_count | |
3431 /* Give up if cursor position not really known. */ | |
314 | 3432 || !display_completed |
25012 | 3433 /* Give up if buffer appears in two places. */ |
314 | 3434 || buffer_shared > 1 |
34715
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3435 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3436 minibuffer contents. */ |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3437 || (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window) |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3438 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
25012 | 3439 /* Give up for hscrolled mini-buffer because display of the prompt |
3440 is handled specially there (see display_line). */ | |
3441 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && XFASTINT (w->hscroll)) | |
3442 /* Give up if overwriting in the middle of a line. */ | |
3443 || (overwrite_p | |
3444 && PT != ZV | |
3445 && FETCH_BYTE (PT) != '\n') | |
3446 /* Give up for tabs and line ends. */ | |
3447 || g == '\t' | |
3448 || g == '\n' | |
3449 || g == '\r' | |
3450 /* Give up if unable to display the cursor in the window. */ | |
3451 || w->cursor.vpos < 0 | |
36279
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3452 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3453 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3454 || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3455 || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3456 || (glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos), |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3457 /* Can't do it in a continued line because continuation |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3458 lines would change. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3459 (glyph_row->continued_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3460 /* Can't use this method if the line overlaps others or is |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3461 overlapped by others because these other lines would |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3462 have to be redisplayed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3463 || glyph_row->overlapping_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3464 || glyph_row->overlapped_p)) |
25012 | 3465 /* Can't do it for partial width windows on terminal frames |
3466 because we can't clear to eol in such a window. */ | |
3467 || (!window_redisplay_p && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))) | |
3468 return 0; | |
3469 | |
35374
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3470 /* If we can't insert glyphs, we can use this method only |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3471 at the end of a line. */ |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3472 if (!char_ins_del_ok) |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3473 if (PT != ZV && FETCH_BYTE (PT_BYTE) != '\n') |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3474 return 0; |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3475 |
25012 | 3476 /* Set up a display iterator structure for W. Glyphs will be |
3477 produced in scratch_glyph_row. Current position is W's cursor | |
3478 position. */ | |
3479 clear_glyph_row (&scratch_glyph_row); | |
3480 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE); | |
28361
eccb57c44da5
(direct_output_for_insert): Use DEC_TEXT_POS
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27968
diff
changeset
|
3481 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters)); |
25012 | 3482 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), &scratch_glyph_row, |
3483 DEFAULT_FACE_ID); | |
3484 | |
3485 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3486 if (glyph_row->mouse_face_p) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3487 return 0; |
25012 | 3488 |
3489 /* Give up if highlighting trailing whitespace and we have trailing | |
3490 whitespace in glyph_row. We would have to remove the trailing | |
3491 whitespace face in that case. */ | |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3492 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace) |
25012 | 3493 && glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
3494 { | |
3495 struct glyph *last; | |
3496 | |
3497 last = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; | |
3498 if (last->type == STRETCH_GLYPH | |
3499 || (last->type == CHAR_GLYPH | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
3500 && last->u.ch == ' ')) |
25012 | 3501 return 0; |
3502 } | |
3503 | |
3504 /* Give up if there are overlay strings at pos. This would fail | |
3505 if the overlay string has newlines in it. */ | |
3506 if (STRINGP (it.string)) | |
3507 return 0; | |
3508 | |
3509 it.hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
3510 it.vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
3511 it.current_x = w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x; | |
3512 it.current_y = w->cursor.y; | |
3513 it.end_charpos = PT; | |
3514 it.stop_charpos = min (PT, it.stop_charpos); | |
39226
d86fe98ee7d5
(direct_output_for_insert): Don't change IT's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38988
diff
changeset
|
3515 it.stop_charpos = max (IT_CHARPOS (it), it.stop_charpos); |
25012 | 3516 |
3517 /* More than one display element may be returned for PT - 1 if | |
3518 (i) it's a control character which is translated into `\003' or | |
3519 `^C', or (ii) it has a display table entry, or (iii) it's a | |
3520 combination of both. */ | |
3521 delta = delta_bytes = 0; | |
3522 while (get_next_display_element (&it)) | |
3523 { | |
3524 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it); | |
3525 | |
3526 /* Give up if glyph doesn't fit completely on the line. */ | |
3527 if (it.current_x >= it.last_visible_x) | |
3528 return 0; | |
3529 | |
3530 /* Give up if new glyph has different ascent or descent than | |
3531 the original row, or if it is not a character glyph. */ | |
3532 if (glyph_row->ascent != it.ascent | |
3533 || glyph_row->height != it.ascent + it.descent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3534 || glyph_row->phys_ascent != it.phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3535 || glyph_row->phys_height != it.phys_ascent + it.phys_descent |
25012 | 3536 || it.what != IT_CHARACTER) |
3537 return 0; | |
3538 | |
3539 delta += 1; | |
3540 delta_bytes += it.len; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3541 set_iterator_to_next (&it, 1); |
25012 | 3542 } |
3543 | |
3544 /* Give up if we hit the right edge of the window. We would have | |
3545 to insert truncation or continuation glyphs. */ | |
3546 added_width = it.current_x - (w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x); | |
3547 if (glyph_row->pixel_width + added_width >= it.last_visible_x) | |
314 | 3548 return 0; |
3549 | |
25012 | 3550 /* Give up if there is a \t following in the line. */ |
3551 it2 = it; | |
3552 it2.end_charpos = ZV; | |
3553 it2.stop_charpos = min (it2.stop_charpos, ZV); | |
3554 while (get_next_display_element (&it2) | |
3555 && !ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it2)) | |
3556 { | |
3557 if (it2.c == '\t') | |
3558 return 0; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3559 set_iterator_to_next (&it2, 1); |
25012 | 3560 } |
3561 | |
3562 /* Number of new glyphs produced. */ | |
3563 n = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3564 | |
3565 /* Start and end of glyphs in original row. */ | |
3566 glyphs = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + w->cursor.hpos; | |
3567 end = glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA]; | |
3568 | |
3569 /* Make room for new glyphs, then insert them. */ | |
3570 xassert (end - glyphs - n >= 0); | |
25781
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3571 safe_bcopy ((char *) glyphs, (char *) (glyphs + n), |
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3572 (end - glyphs - n) * sizeof (*end)); |
25012 | 3573 bcopy (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], glyphs, n * sizeof *glyphs); |
3574 glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = min (glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] + n, | |
3575 end - glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); | |
3576 | |
3577 /* Compute new line width. */ | |
3578 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3579 end = glyph + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3580 glyph_row->pixel_width = glyph_row->x; | |
3581 while (glyph < end) | |
3582 { | |
3583 glyph_row->pixel_width += glyph->pixel_width; | |
3584 ++glyph; | |
3585 } | |
3586 | |
3587 /* Increment buffer positions for glyphs following the newly | |
3588 inserted ones. */ | |
3589 for (glyph = glyphs + n; glyph < end; ++glyph) | |
26546
0f43cc91d6a5
(direct_output_for_insert): Increment glyph positions
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26499
diff
changeset
|
3590 if (glyph->charpos > 0 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
25012 | 3591 glyph->charpos += delta; |
3592 | |
3593 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) > 0) | |
3594 { | |
3595 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) += delta; | |
3596 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (glyph_row) += delta_bytes; | |
3597 } | |
3598 | |
3599 /* Adjust positions in lines following the one we are in. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3600 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3601 w->cursor.vpos + 1, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3602 w->current_matrix->nrows, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3603 delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 3604 |
3605 glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
3606 |= it.glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; | |
3607 | |
26591
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3608 glyph_row->displays_text_p = 1; |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3609 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (max (w->cursor.vpos, |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3610 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))); |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3611 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3612 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
25012 | 3613 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it.f, glyph_row); |
3614 | |
3615 /* Write glyphs. If at end of row, we can simply call write_glyphs. | |
3616 In the middle, we have to insert glyphs. Note that this is now | |
3617 implemented for X frames. The implementation uses updated_window | |
3618 and updated_row. */ | |
3619 updated_row = glyph_row; | |
38988
53ae5a92e2fc
(direct_output_for_insert): Set updated_area
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38748
diff
changeset
|
3620 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; |
25012 | 3621 update_begin (f); |
3622 if (rif) | |
3623 { | |
3624 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
3625 | |
36115
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3626 if (glyphs == end - n |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3627 /* In front of a space added by append_space. */ |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3628 || (glyphs == end - n - 1 |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3629 && (end - n)->charpos <= 0)) |
25012 | 3630 rif->write_glyphs (glyphs, n); |
3631 else | |
3632 rif->insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3633 } | |
3634 else | |
3635 { | |
3636 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
3637 write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3638 else | |
3639 insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3640 } | |
3641 | |
3642 w->cursor.hpos += n; | |
3643 w->cursor.x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x; | |
3644 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3645 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3646 | |
3647 /* How to set the cursor differs depending on whether we are | |
3648 using a frame matrix or a window matrix. Note that when | |
3649 a frame matrix is used, cursor_to expects frame coordinates, | |
3650 and the X and Y parameters are not used. */ | |
3651 if (window_redisplay_p) | |
3652 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3653 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3654 else | |
3655 { | |
3656 int x, y; | |
3657 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
3658 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
3659 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
3660 : 0)); | |
3661 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3662 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3663 } | |
3664 | |
3665 if (rif) | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3666 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1, 0); |
25012 | 3667 update_end (f); |
3668 updated_row = NULL; | |
3669 fflush (stdout); | |
3670 | |
3671 TRACE ((stderr, "direct output for insert\n")); | |
3672 | |
25372
acf281b41a38
(direct_output_for_insert): Set beg_unchanged
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25345
diff
changeset
|
3673 UNCHANGED_MODIFIED = MODIFF; |
acf281b41a38
(direct_output_for_insert): Set beg_unchanged
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25345
diff
changeset
|
3674 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG; |
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3675 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
25012 | 3676 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
3677 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, MODIFF); |
16195
e15e4bdcb8cc
(direct_output_for_insert): Set last_overlay_modified field in window.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16051
diff
changeset
|
3678 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, OVERLAY_MODIFF); |
314 | 3679 |
25012 | 3680 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3681 return 1; |
3682 } | |
3683 | |
25012 | 3684 |
3685 /* Perform a direct display update for moving PT by N positions | |
3686 left or right. N < 0 means a movement backwards. This function | |
3687 is currently only called for N == 1 or N == -1. */ | |
3688 | |
314 | 3689 int |
3690 direct_output_forward_char (n) | |
3691 int n; | |
3692 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3693 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3694 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3695 struct glyph_row *row; | |
3696 | |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3697 /* Give up if point moved out of or into a composition. */ |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
3698 if (check_point_in_composition (current_buffer, XINT (w->last_point), |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3699 current_buffer, PT)) |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3700 return 0; |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3701 |
25012 | 3702 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ |
3703 if (face_change_count) | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
3704 return 0; |
25012 | 3705 |
3706 /* Give up if current matrix is not up to date or we are | |
3707 displaying a message. */ | |
3708 if (!display_completed || cursor_in_echo_area) | |
3709 return 0; | |
3710 | |
3711 /* Give up if the buffer's direction is reversed. */ | |
3712 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->direction_reversed)) | |
314 | 3713 return 0; |
11096
cac0367b1794
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use direct output at an overlay boundary.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10770
diff
changeset
|
3714 |
2794
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3715 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting a region. */ |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3716 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode) && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)) |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3717 return 0; |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3718 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3719 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting trailing whitespace. */ |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3720 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3721 return 0; |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3722 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3723 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3724 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3725 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1])) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3726 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3727 |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3728 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3729 minibuffer contents. */ |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3730 if (XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3731 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3732 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3733 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3734 /* Give up if we don't know where the cursor is. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3735 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3736 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3737 |
25012 | 3738 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); |
3739 | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
3740 /* Give up if PT is outside of the last known cursor row. */ |
25012 | 3741 if (PT <= MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) |
3742 || PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row)) | |
6069
07045ca8ff19
(direct_output_forward_char): Use Fget_char_property to test for invisibility.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6068
diff
changeset
|
3743 return 0; |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
3744 |
25012 | 3745 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
3746 |
25012 | 3747 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3748 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
25012 | 3749 |
3750 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3751 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3752 | |
3753 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3754 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3755 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3756 else | |
3757 { | |
3758 int x, y; | |
3759 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
3760 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
3761 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
3762 : 0)); | |
3763 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3764 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3765 } | |
3766 | |
314 | 3767 fflush (stdout); |
25012 | 3768 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3769 return 1; |
3770 } | |
25012 | 3771 |
3772 | |
314 | 3773 |
25012 | 3774 /*********************************************************************** |
3775 Frame Update | |
3776 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3777 | |
3778 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
3779 | |
3780 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
3781 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
3782 scrolling. | |
3783 | |
3784 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
314 | 3785 |
3786 int | |
25012 | 3787 update_frame (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
3788 struct frame *f; | |
3789 int force_p; | |
3790 int inhibit_hairy_id_p; | |
3791 { | |
3792 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
3793 int paused_p; | |
3794 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
3795 | |
3796 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3797 { | |
3798 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
3799 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
3800 | |
3801 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
3802 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3803 | |
3804 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
3805 when pending input is detected. */ | |
3806 update_begin (f); | |
3807 | |
3808 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
3809 support. */ | |
3810 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
3811 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
3812 | |
3813 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3814 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 3815 { |
3816 Lisp_Object tem; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3817 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 3818 |
3819 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
3820 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3821 { | |
3822 update_window (w, 1); | |
3823 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3824 | |
3825 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
3826 reuse strings. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3827 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3828 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3829 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
25012 | 3830 } |
3831 } | |
3832 | |
3833 | |
3834 /* Update windows. */ | |
3835 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
3836 update_end (f); | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3837 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3838 #if 0 /* This flush is a performance bottleneck under X, |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3839 and it doesn't seem to be necessary anyway. */ |
25012 | 3840 rif->flush_display (f); |
3841 #endif | |
3842 } | |
3843 else | |
3844 { | |
3845 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
3846 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
3847 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
3848 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3849 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3850 build_frame_matrix (f); |
3851 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3852 /* Update the display */ |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3853 update_begin (f); |
25012 | 3854 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3855 update_end (f); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3856 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3857 if (termscript) |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3858 fflush (termscript); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3859 fflush (stdout); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3860 |
25012 | 3861 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3862 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3863 check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3864 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3865 #endif |
25012 | 3866 } |
3867 | |
3868 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ | |
3869 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3870 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3871 display_completed = !paused_p; |
25012 | 3872 return paused_p; |
3873 } | |
3874 | |
3875 | |
3876 | |
3877 /************************************************************************ | |
3878 Window-based updates | |
3879 ************************************************************************/ | |
3880 | |
3881 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
3882 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
3883 | |
3884 static int | |
3885 update_window_tree (w, force_p) | |
3886 struct window *w; | |
3887 int force_p; | |
3888 { | |
3889 int paused_p = 0; | |
3890 | |
3891 while (w && !paused_p) | |
3892 { | |
3893 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3894 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
3895 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3896 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
3897 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3898 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
3899 | |
3900 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3901 } | |
3902 | |
3903 return paused_p; | |
3904 } | |
3905 | |
3906 | |
3907 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
3908 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
3909 | |
3910 void | |
3911 update_single_window (w, force_p) | |
3912 struct window *w; | |
3913 int force_p; | |
3914 { | |
3915 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3916 { | |
3917 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
3918 | |
3919 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
3920 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3921 | |
3922 /* Update W. */ | |
3923 update_begin (f); | |
3924 update_window (w, force_p); | |
3925 update_end (f); | |
3926 | |
3927 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
3928 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3929 } | |
3930 } | |
3931 | |
3932 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3933 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3934 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3935 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3936 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3937 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3938 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3939 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3940 { |
30165
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3941 int i; |
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3942 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3943 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3944 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3945 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3946 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3947 current rows is 0. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3948 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3949 { |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3950 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3951 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3952 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3953 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3954 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3955 continue; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3956 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3957 if (row->overlapped_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3958 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3959 enum glyph_row_area area; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3960 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3961 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3962 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3963 updated_row = row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3964 updated_area = area; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3965 rif->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3966 if (row->used[area]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3967 rif->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], row->used[area]); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3968 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3969 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3970 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3971 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3972 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3973 |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3974 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3975 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3976 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3977 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3978 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3979 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3980 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3981 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3982 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3983 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3984 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3985 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3986 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3987 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3988 int i, bottom_y; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3989 struct glyph_row *row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3990 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3991 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3992 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3993 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3994 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3995 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3996 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3997 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3998 continue; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3999 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4000 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4001 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4002 if (row->overlapping_p && i > 0 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4003 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4004 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4005 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4006 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4007 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4008 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4009 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4010 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4011 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4012 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4013 /* Record in neighbor rows that ROW overwrites part of their |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4014 display. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4015 if (row->phys_ascent > row->ascent && i > 0) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4016 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4017 if ((row->phys_height - row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4018 > row->height - row->ascent) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4019 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4020 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4021 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4022 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4023 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4024 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4025 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4026 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4027 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4028 |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4029 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4030 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4031 /* Check that no row in the current matrix of window W is enabled |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4032 which is below what's displayed in the window. */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4033 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4034 void |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4035 check_current_matrix_flags (w) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4036 struct window *w; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4037 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4038 int last_seen_p = 0; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4039 int i, yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4040 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4041 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4042 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4043 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4044 if (!last_seen_p && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4045 last_seen_p = 1; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4046 else if (last_seen_p && row->enabled_p) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4047 abort (); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4048 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4049 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4050 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4051 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4052 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4053 |
25012 | 4054 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
4055 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
4056 | |
4057 static int | |
4058 update_window (w, force_p) | |
4059 struct window *w; | |
4060 int force_p; | |
4061 { | |
4062 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4063 int paused_p; | |
4064 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
4065 extern int input_pending; | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4066 extern Lisp_Object do_mouse_tracking; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4067 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4068 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
25012 | 4069 extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4070 #endif |
25012 | 4071 |
4072 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ | |
4073 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
4074 xassert (updating_frame != NULL); | |
4075 | |
4076 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
4077 if (redisplay_dont_pause) | |
4078 force_p = 1; | |
4079 else | |
4080 detect_input_pending (); | |
4081 | |
4082 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
4083 the update. */ | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4084 if (force_p || !input_pending || !NILP (do_mouse_tracking)) |
25012 | 4085 { |
4086 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
4087 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4088 struct glyph_row *header_line_row; |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4089 int yb, changed_p = 0, mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0, n_updated; |
25012 | 4090 |
4091 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
4092 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
4093 | |
4094 /* If window has a top line, update it before everything else. | |
4095 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the top line height. */ | |
4096 row = desired_matrix->rows; | |
4097 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4098 |
25012 | 4099 if (row->mode_line_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4100 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4101 header_line_row = row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4102 ++row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4103 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4104 else |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4105 header_line_row = NULL; |
25012 | 4106 |
4107 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
4108 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
4109 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
4110 { | |
4111 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
4112 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4113 desired_matrix), |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4114 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4115 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4116 } |
4117 | |
4118 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
4119 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
4120 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
4121 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
4122 ++row; | |
4123 | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4124 /* Try reusing part of the display by copying. */ |
25012 | 4125 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4126 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4127 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4128 if (rc < 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4129 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4130 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4131 paused_p = 0; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4132 goto set_cursor; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4133 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4134 else if (rc > 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4135 /* We've scrolled the display. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4136 force_p = 1; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4137 changed_p = 1; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4138 } |
25012 | 4139 |
4140 /* Update the top mode line after scrolling because a new top | |
4141 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window | |
4142 that can be scrolled. */ | |
25546 | 4143 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4144 { |
25546 | 4145 header_line_row->y = 0; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4146 update_window_line (w, 0, &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4147 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4148 } |
4149 | |
4150 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4151 for (n_updated = 0; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) |
31653
2554afbeb88d
(update_window): Make sure to make desired rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31295
diff
changeset
|
4152 if (row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4153 { |
4154 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
4155 int i; | |
4156 | |
4157 /* We'll Have to play a little bit with when to | |
4158 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, | |
4159 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
4160 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4161 if (!force_p && ++n_updated % preempt_count == 0) |
25012 | 4162 detect_input_pending (); |
4163 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4164 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos, |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4165 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4166 |
4167 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
4168 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
4169 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
4170 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
4171 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
4172 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
4173 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
4174 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
4175 in the first redisplay. */ | |
4176 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
4177 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
4178 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
4179 } | |
4180 | |
4181 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
4182 paused_p = row < end; | |
4183 | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4184 set_cursor: |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4185 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4186 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping(overlapped rows. */ |
25012 | 4187 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
4188 { | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4189 if (changed_p && rif->fix_overlapping_area) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4190 { |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4191 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4192 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4193 } |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4194 |
25012 | 4195 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ |
4196 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
4197 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4198 #if 0 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This is |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4199 for debugging only. See the comment of check_matrix_invariants. */ |
25012 | 4200 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); |
4201 #endif | |
4202 } | |
4203 | |
4204 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
4205 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
4206 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
4207 #endif | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4208 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4209 /* End the update of window W. Don't set the cursor if we |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4210 paused updating the display because in this case, |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4211 set_window_cursor_after_update hasn't been called, and |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4212 output_cursor doesn't contain the cursor location. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4213 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, !paused_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4214 } |
4215 else | |
4216 paused_p = 1; | |
4217 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
4218 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34944
4fc804373f2a
(update_window): Don't check_current_matrix_flags.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34929
diff
changeset
|
4219 /* check_current_matrix_flags (w); */ |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4220 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4221 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4222 |
25012 | 4223 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4224 |
25012 | 4225 return paused_p; |
4226 } | |
4227 | |
4228 | |
4229 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
4230 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
4231 | |
4232 static void | |
4233 update_marginal_area (w, area, vpos) | |
4234 struct window *w; | |
4235 int area, vpos; | |
4236 { | |
4237 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
4238 | |
4239 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4240 will be relative to. */ | |
4241 updated_area = area; | |
4242 | |
4243 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
4244 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
4245 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
4246 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
4247 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
4248 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
4249 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
4250 } | |
4251 | |
4252 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4253 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4254 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4255 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4256 static int |
25012 | 4257 update_text_area (w, vpos) |
4258 struct window *w; | |
4259 int vpos; | |
314 | 4260 { |
25012 | 4261 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
4262 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4263 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4264 |
4265 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4266 will be relative to. */ | |
4267 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
4268 | |
4269 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, | |
4270 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
4271 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
4272 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
4273 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4274 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4275 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
25012 | 4276 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4277 || current_row->overlapped_p |
30307
faf4e303bab7
(update_text_area): Write the whole row if it
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30165
diff
changeset
|
4278 || current_row->mouse_face_p |
25012 | 4279 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
4280 { | |
4281 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
4282 | |
4283 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4284 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
4285 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
4286 | |
4287 /* Clear to end of window. */ | |
4288 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4289 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4290 } |
4291 else | |
4292 { | |
4293 int stop, i, x; | |
4294 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4295 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4296 int overlapping_glyphs_p = current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4297 int desired_stop_pos = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4298 |
25012 | 4299 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, |
4300 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face | |
4301 extension actually takes place. */ | |
35269 | 4302 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4303 --desired_stop_pos; |
25012 | 4304 |
4305 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); | |
4306 i = 0; | |
4307 x = desired_row->x; | |
36097
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4308 |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4309 /* Loop over glyphs that current and desired row may have |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4310 in common. */ |
25012 | 4311 while (i < stop) |
4312 { | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4313 int can_skip_p = 1; |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4314 |
25012 | 4315 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4316 don't have to be written. We can't skip if the last |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4317 current glyph overlaps the glyph to its right. For |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4318 example, consider a current row of `if ' with the `f' in |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4319 Courier bold so that it overlaps the ` ' to its right. |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4320 If the desired row is ` ', we would skip over the space |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4321 after the `if' and there would remain a pixel from the |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4322 `f' on the screen. */ |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4323 if (overlapping_glyphs_p && i > 0) |
25012 | 4324 { |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4325 struct glyph *glyph = ¤t_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i - 1]; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4326 int left, right; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4327 |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4328 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4329 &left, &right); |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4330 can_skip_p = right == 0; |
25012 | 4331 } |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4332 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4333 if (can_skip_p) |
25012 | 4334 { |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4335 while (i < stop |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4336 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4337 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4338 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4339 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4340 } |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4341 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4342 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4343 ppp ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4344 is "xxx ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4345 has not. The loop above will stop in front of the |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4346 first `p' in the current row. If we would start |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4347 writing glyphs there, we wouldn't erase the lbearing |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4348 of the `p'. The rest of the lbearing problem is then |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4349 taken care of by x_draw_glyphs. */ |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4350 if (overlapping_glyphs_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4351 && i > 0 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4352 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4353 && (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4354 != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA])) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4355 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4356 int left, right; |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4357 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4358 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4359 &left, &right); |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4360 while (left > 0 && i > 0) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4361 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4362 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4363 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4364 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4365 } |
25012 | 4366 } |
4367 } | |
4368 | |
4369 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row | |
4370 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
4371 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
4372 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
4373 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4374 { | |
4375 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
4376 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
4377 int current_x = x; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4378 int skip_first_p = !can_skip_p; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4379 |
25012 | 4380 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ |
4381 while (i < stop | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4382 && (skip_first_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4383 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
25012 | 4384 && x == current_x) |
4385 { | |
4386 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4387 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4388 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4389 skip_first_p = 0; |
25012 | 4390 } |
4391 | |
4392 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
4393 { | |
4394 i = start_hpos; | |
4395 x = start_x; | |
4396 desired_glyph = start; | |
4397 break; | |
4398 } | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4399 |
25012 | 4400 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); |
4401 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4402 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4403 } |
4404 } | |
4405 | |
4406 /* Write the rest. */ | |
4407 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4408 { | |
4409 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
4410 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4411 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4412 } |
4413 | |
4414 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ | |
4415 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
4416 { | |
4417 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
4418 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
4419 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
4420 appropriately above. */ | |
4421 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
4422 } | |
4423 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
4424 { | |
4425 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
4426 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4427 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
4428 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
4429 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4430 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4431 } |
4432 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
4433 { | |
4434 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
4435 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
4436 int x; | |
4437 | |
4438 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4439 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
4440 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
4441 | |
4442 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
4443 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
4444 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
4445 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
4446 this way. */ | |
4447 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
4448 && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4449 { | |
4450 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
4451 x = -1; | |
4452 } | |
4453 else | |
4454 x = current_row->x + current_row->pixel_width; | |
4455 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4456 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4457 } |
4458 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4459 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4460 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4461 } |
4462 | |
4463 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4464 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4465 changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4466 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4467 static int |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4468 update_window_line (w, vpos, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
25012 | 4469 struct window *w; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4470 int vpos, *mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
25012 | 4471 { |
4472 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4473 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4474 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4475 |
4476 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
4477 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
4478 updated_row = desired_row; | |
4479 | |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4480 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired matrix was |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4481 built with a vscroll and then make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4482 the matrix. Make sure to make such rows current anyway, since |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4483 we need the correct y-position, for example, in the current matrix. */ |
31726
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4484 if (desired_row->mode_line_p |
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4485 || desired_row->visible_height > 0) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4486 { |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4487 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4488 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4489 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4490 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4491 && !NILP (w->left_margin_width)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4492 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4493 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4494 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4495 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4496 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4497 /* Update the display of the text area. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4498 if (update_text_area (w, vpos)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4499 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4500 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4501 if (current_row->mouse_face_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4502 *mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4503 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4504 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4505 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4506 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4507 && !NILP (w->right_margin_width)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4508 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4509 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4510 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4511 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4512 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4513 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4514 if (!current_row->enabled_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4515 || desired_row->y != current_row->y |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4516 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4517 || desired_row->overlay_arrow_p != current_row->overlay_arrow_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4518 || desired_row->truncated_on_left_p != current_row->truncated_on_left_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4519 || desired_row->truncated_on_right_p != current_row->truncated_on_right_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4520 || desired_row->continued_p != current_row->continued_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4521 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4522 || (desired_row->indicate_empty_line_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4523 != current_row->indicate_empty_line_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4524 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4525 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4526 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4527 } |
25012 | 4528 |
4529 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ | |
4530 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4531 updated_row = NULL; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4532 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4533 } |
4534 | |
4535 | |
4536 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
4537 be called from update_window. */ | |
4538 | |
4539 static void | |
4540 set_window_cursor_after_update (w) | |
4541 struct window *w; | |
4542 { | |
4543 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
4544 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; | |
4545 | |
4546 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
4547 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
4548 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4549 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4550 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4551 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4552 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4553 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4554 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25012 | 4555 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
4556 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
4557 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
4558 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
4559 { | |
4560 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
4561 | |
4562 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
4563 { | |
4564 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
4565 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
4566 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
4567 determine Y. */ | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4568 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4569 struct glyph *glyph; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4570 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4571 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4572 last_row = NULL; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4573 row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4574 while (row->enabled_p |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4575 && (last_row == NULL |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4576 || MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) <= yb)) |
25012 | 4577 { |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4578 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4579 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4580 last_row = row; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4581 ++row; |
25012 | 4582 } |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4583 |
25012 | 4584 if (last_row) |
4585 { | |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4586 struct glyph *start = last_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4587 struct glyph *last = start + last_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4588 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4589 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4590 --last; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4591 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4592 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4593 { |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4594 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4595 ++hpos; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4596 } |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4597 |
25012 | 4598 cy = last_row->y; |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4599 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 4600 } |
4601 } | |
4602 } | |
4603 else | |
4604 { | |
4605 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
4606 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
4607 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
4608 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
4609 } | |
4610 | |
4611 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
4612 hpos = max (0, hpos); | |
4613 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); | |
4614 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
4615 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
4616 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
4617 } | |
4618 | |
4619 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4620 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p to ON_P for all windows in the window |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4621 tree rooted at W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4622 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4623 void |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4624 set_window_update_flags (w, on_p) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4625 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4626 int on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4627 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4628 while (w) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4629 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4630 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4631 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4632 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4633 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4634 else |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4635 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4636 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4637 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4638 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4639 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4640 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4641 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4642 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4643 /*********************************************************************** |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4644 Window-Based Scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4645 ***********************************************************************/ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4646 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4647 /* Structure describing rows in scrolling_window. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4648 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4649 struct row_entry |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4650 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4651 /* Number of occurrences of this row in desired and current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4652 int old_uses, new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4653 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4654 /* Vpos of row in new matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4655 int new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4656 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4657 /* Bucket index of this row_entry in the hash table row_table. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4658 int bucket; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4659 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4660 /* The row described by this entry. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4661 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4662 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4663 /* Hash collision chain. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4664 struct row_entry *next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4665 }; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4666 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4667 /* A pool to allocate row_entry structures from, and the size of the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4668 pool. The pool is reallocated in scrolling_window when we find |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4669 that we need a larger one. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4670 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4671 static struct row_entry *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4672 static int row_entry_pool_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4673 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4674 /* Index of next free entry in row_entry_pool. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4675 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4676 static int row_entry_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4677 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4678 /* The hash table used during scrolling, and the table's size. This |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4679 table is used to quickly identify equal rows in the desired and |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4680 current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4681 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4682 static struct row_entry **row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4683 static int row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4684 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4685 /* Vectors of pointers to row_entry structures belonging to the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4686 current and desired matrix, and the size of the vectors. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4687 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4688 static struct row_entry **old_lines, **new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4689 static int old_lines_size, new_lines_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4690 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4691 /* A pool to allocate run structures from, and its size. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4692 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4693 static struct run *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4694 static int runs_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4695 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4696 /* A vector of runs of lines found during scrolling. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4697 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4698 static struct run **runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4699 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4700 static struct row_entry *add_row_entry P_ ((struct window *, |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4701 struct glyph_row *)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4702 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4703 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4704 /* Add glyph row ROW to the scrolling hash table during the scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4705 of window W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4706 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4707 static INLINE struct row_entry * |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4708 add_row_entry (w, row) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4709 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4710 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4711 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4712 struct row_entry *entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4713 int i = row->hash % row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4714 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4715 entry = row_table[i]; |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4716 while (entry && !row_equal_p (w, entry->row, row, 1)) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4717 entry = entry->next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4718 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4719 if (entry == NULL) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4720 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4721 entry = row_entry_pool + row_entry_idx++; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4722 entry->row = row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4723 entry->old_uses = entry->new_uses = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4724 entry->new_line_number = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4725 entry->bucket = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4726 entry->next = row_table[i]; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4727 row_table[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4728 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4729 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4730 return entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4731 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4732 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4733 |
25012 | 4734 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. |
25546 | 4735 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a top mode line. |
25012 | 4736 |
4737 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
4738 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
4739 O(N) time. | |
4740 | |
4741 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
4742 | |
4743 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
4744 | |
4745 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
4746 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
4747 | |
4748 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
4749 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
4750 | |
4751 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
4752 forward and backward. | |
4753 | |
4754 Value is | |
4755 | |
4756 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
4757 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
4758 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
4759 | |
4760 static int | |
25546 | 4761 scrolling_window (w, header_line_p) |
25012 | 4762 struct window *w; |
25546 | 4763 int header_line_p; |
25012 | 4764 { |
4765 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4766 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
4767 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4768 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4769 int nruns, nbytes, n, run_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4770 struct row_entry *entry; |
25012 | 4771 |
4772 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4773 for (i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; i < current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
25012 | 4774 { |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4775 struct glyph_row *d = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4776 struct glyph_row *c = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4777 |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4778 if (c->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4779 && d->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4780 && c->y == d->y |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4781 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (c) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4782 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (d) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4783 && row_equal_p (w, c, d, 1)) |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4784 { |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4785 assign_row (c, d); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4786 d->enabled_p = 0; |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4787 } |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4788 else |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4789 break; |
25012 | 4790 } |
4791 | |
4792 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
4793 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4794 return -1; | |
4795 | |
4796 first_old = first_new = i; | |
4797 | |
4798 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4799 desired matrix. */ | |
4800 i = first_new + 1; | |
4801 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4802 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4803 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
25012 | 4804 ++i; |
4805 | |
4806 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4807 return 0; | |
4808 | |
4809 last_new = i; | |
4810 | |
4811 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4812 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
4813 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
4814 disabled. */ | |
4815 i = first_old + 1; | |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4816 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4817 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4818 int bottom = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4819 if (bottom <= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4820 ++i; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4821 if (bottom >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4822 break; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4823 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4824 |
25012 | 4825 last_old = i; |
4826 | |
4827 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
4828 i = last_new; | |
4829 j = last_old; | |
4830 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
4831 && j - 1 > first_old | |
4832 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
4833 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
4834 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
4835 && row_equal_p (w, | |
4836 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4837 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1), 1)) |
25012 | 4838 --i, --j; |
4839 last_new = i; | |
4840 last_old = j; | |
4841 | |
4842 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
4843 if (last_new == first_new) | |
4844 return 0; | |
4845 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4846 /* Reallocate vectors, tables etc. if necessary. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4847 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4848 if (current_matrix->nrows > old_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4849 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4850 old_lines_size = current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4851 nbytes = old_lines_size * sizeof *old_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4852 old_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (old_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4853 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4854 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4855 if (desired_matrix->nrows > new_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4856 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4857 new_lines_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4858 nbytes = new_lines_size * sizeof *new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4859 new_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (new_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4860 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4861 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4862 n = desired_matrix->nrows + current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4863 if (3 * n > row_table_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4864 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4865 row_table_size = next_almost_prime (3 * n); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4866 nbytes = row_table_size * sizeof *row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4867 row_table = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4868 bzero (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4869 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4870 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4871 if (n > row_entry_pool_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4872 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4873 row_entry_pool_size = n; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4874 nbytes = row_entry_pool_size * sizeof *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4875 row_entry_pool = (struct row_entry *) xrealloc (row_entry_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4876 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4877 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4878 if (desired_matrix->nrows > runs_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4879 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4880 runs_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4881 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4882 runs = (struct run **) xrealloc (runs, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4883 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4884 run_pool = (struct run *) xrealloc (run_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4885 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4886 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4887 nruns = run_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4888 row_entry_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4889 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4890 /* Add rows from the current and desired matrix to the hash table |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4891 row_hash_table to be able to find equal ones quickly. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4892 |
25012 | 4893 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) |
4894 { | |
4895 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4896 { | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4897 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4898 old_lines[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4899 ++entry->old_uses; |
25012 | 4900 } |
4901 else | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4902 old_lines[i] = NULL; |
25012 | 4903 } |
4904 | |
4905 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
4906 { | |
4907 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4908 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4909 ++entry->new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4910 entry->new_line_number = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4911 new_lines[i] = entry; |
25012 | 4912 } |
4913 | |
4914 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
4915 in both matrices. */ | |
4916 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4917 if (old_lines[i] |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4918 && old_lines[i]->old_uses == 1 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4919 && old_lines[i]->new_uses == 1) |
25012 | 4920 { |
4921 int j, k; | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4922 int new_line = old_lines[i]->new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4923 struct run *run = run_pool + run_idx++; |
25012 | 4924 |
4925 /* Record move. */ | |
4926 run->current_vpos = i; | |
4927 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
4928 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
4929 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
4930 run->nrows = 1; | |
4931 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
4932 | |
4933 /* Extend backward. */ | |
4934 j = i - 1; | |
4935 k = new_line - 1; | |
4936 while (j > first_old | |
4937 && k > first_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4938 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4939 { |
4940 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
4941 --run->current_vpos; | |
4942 --run->desired_vpos; | |
4943 ++run->nrows; | |
4944 run->height += h; | |
4945 run->desired_y -= h; | |
4946 run->current_y -= h; | |
4947 --j, --k; | |
4948 } | |
4949 | |
4950 /* Extend forward. */ | |
4951 j = i + 1; | |
4952 k = new_line + 1; | |
4953 while (j < last_old | |
4954 && k < last_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4955 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4956 { |
4957 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
4958 ++run->nrows; | |
4959 run->height += h; | |
4960 ++j, ++k; | |
4961 } | |
4962 | |
4963 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
4964 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
4965 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
4966 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
4967 case. */ | |
4968 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
4969 ; | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
4970 for (k = nruns; k > j; --k) |
25012 | 4971 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; |
4972 runs[j] = run; | |
4973 ++nruns; | |
4974 | |
4975 i += run->nrows; | |
4976 } | |
4977 else | |
4978 ++i; | |
4979 | |
4980 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
4981 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
4982 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
4983 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
4984 | |
4985 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4986 | A | | B | | |
4987 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
4988 | B | | A | | |
4989 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4990 | |
4991 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
4992 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4993 | |
4994 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
4995 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
4996 { | |
4997 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
4998 | |
4999 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
5000 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
5001 { | |
5002 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
5003 | |
5004 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
5005 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
5006 { | |
5007 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
5008 | |
5009 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y | |
5010 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
5011 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
5012 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
5013 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
5014 p->nrows = 0; | |
5015 } | |
5016 } | |
5017 | |
5018 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
5019 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
5020 { | |
5021 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5022 int to_overlapped_p; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
5023 |
25012 | 5024 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
5025 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5026 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
25012 | 5027 assign_row (to, from); |
5028 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5029 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
25012 | 5030 } |
5031 } | |
5032 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5033 /* Clear the hash table, for the next time. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5034 for (i = 0; i < row_entry_idx; ++i) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5035 row_table[row_entry_pool[i].bucket] = NULL; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5036 |
25012 | 5037 /* Value is non-zero to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
5038 return 1; | |
5039 } | |
5040 | |
5041 | |
5042 | |
5043 /************************************************************************ | |
5044 Frame-Based Updates | |
5045 ************************************************************************/ | |
5046 | |
5047 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
5048 | |
5049 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
5050 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
5051 should not be tried. | |
5052 | |
5053 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
5054 | |
5055 static int | |
5056 update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_id_p) | |
5057 struct frame *f; | |
5058 int force_p; | |
5059 int inhibit_id_p; | |
5060 { | |
5061 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
5062 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
5063 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
5064 int i; | |
314 | 5065 int pause; |
5066 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
21514 | 5067 extern int input_pending; |
25012 | 5068 |
5069 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
314 | 5070 |
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5071 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5072 calculate_costs (f); |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5073 |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5074 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5075 preempt_count = 1; |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5076 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5077 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5078 force_p = 1; |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5079 else if (!force_p && detect_input_pending ()) |
314 | 5080 { |
5081 pause = 1; | |
5082 goto do_pause; | |
5083 } | |
5084 | |
25012 | 5085 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
314 | 5086 if (!line_ins_del_ok) |
25012 | 5087 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
5088 |
493 | 5089 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
25012 | 5090 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
5091 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
5092 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
314 | 5093 break; |
5094 | |
5095 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
25012 | 5096 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
5097 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
314 | 5098 |
5099 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
25012 | 5100 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
5101 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
5102 | |
5103 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
5104 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
314 | 5105 { |
25012 | 5106 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5107 { |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5108 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
314 | 5109 { |
5110 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
5111 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
5112 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
5113 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
5114 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); | |
5115 if (outq > 900 | |
5116 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) | |
5117 { | |
5118 fflush (stdout); | |
5119 if (preempt_count == 1) | |
5120 { | |
554 | 5121 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
5122 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) | |
314 | 5123 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
25012 | 5124 * the outq count. */ |
314 | 5125 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); |
5126 #endif | |
5127 outq *= 10; | |
7530
57c2345a9002
(update_frame): Fix test of outq and baud_rate some more.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7529
diff
changeset
|
5128 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5129 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
314 | 5130 } |
5131 } | |
5132 } | |
5133 | |
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5134 if ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5135 detect_input_pending (); |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5136 |
25012 | 5137 update_frame_line (f, i); |
314 | 5138 } |
5139 } | |
25012 | 5140 |
764 | 5141 pause = (i < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
314 | 5142 |
5143 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
5144 if (!pause) | |
5145 { | |
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
5146 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
25012 | 5147 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5148 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
25012 | 5149 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5150 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5151 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5152 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5153 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
25012 | 5154 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5155 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
5156 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
708 | 5157 { |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5158 int top = XINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5159 int row, col; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5160 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5161 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5162 { |
25012 | 5163 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5164 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5165 row = top; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5166 col = 0; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5167 } |
708 | 5168 else |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5169 { |
25012 | 5170 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5171 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
5172 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
5173 any text on it. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5174 row = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5175 do |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5176 { |
25012 | 5177 --row; |
5178 col = 0; | |
5179 | |
5180 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) | |
5181 { | |
5182 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
5183 must be ignored here. */ | |
5184 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
5185 row); | |
5186 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5187 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5188 | |
5189 while (last > start | |
5190 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
5191 --last; | |
5192 | |
5193 col = last - start; | |
5194 } | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5195 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5196 while (row > top && col == 0); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5197 |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5198 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5199 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5200 { |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5201 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5202 if (row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5203 { |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5204 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f); |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5205 row++; |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5206 } |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5207 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5208 else |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5209 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5210 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5211 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5212 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5213 cursor_to (row, col); |
708 | 5214 } |
314 | 5215 else |
25012 | 5216 { |
5217 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
5218 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
5219 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
29687
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5220 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0 |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5221 /* The cursor vpos may be temporarily out of bounds |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5222 in the following situation: There is one window, |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5223 with the cursor in the lower half of it. The window |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5224 is split, and a message causes a redisplay before |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5225 a new cursor position has been computed. */ |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5226 && w->cursor.vpos < XFASTINT (w->height)) |
25012 | 5227 { |
5228 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
5229 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
5230 | |
5231 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)) | |
5232 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width); | |
5233 | |
5234 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) - 1), 0); */ | |
5235 cursor_to (y, x); | |
5236 } | |
5237 } | |
314 | 5238 } |
5239 | |
5240 do_pause: | |
5241 | |
25012 | 5242 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
314 | 5243 return pause; |
5244 } | |
5245 | |
25012 | 5246 |
5247 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
314 | 5248 |
21514 | 5249 int |
764 | 5250 scrolling (frame) |
25012 | 5251 struct frame *frame; |
314 | 5252 { |
5253 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
5254 int window_size; | |
5255 int changed_lines; | |
764 | 5256 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
5257 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
5258 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5259 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
314 | 5260 register int i; |
764 | 5261 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
25012 | 5262 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
5263 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
5264 | |
5265 if (!current_matrix) | |
5266 abort (); | |
5267 | |
5268 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
5269 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
5270 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
314 | 5271 changed_lines = 0; |
5272 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
764 | 5273 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
5274 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); i++) | |
314 | 5275 { |
5276 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
25012 | 5277 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5278 return 0; |
25012 | 5279 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
5280 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5281 { |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5282 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5283 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5284 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5285 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5286 } |
314 | 5287 else |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5288 { |
25012 | 5289 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
5290 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5291 } |
314 | 5292 |
5293 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
5294 { | |
5295 changed_lines++; | |
764 | 5296 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - i - 1; |
314 | 5297 } |
5298 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
5299 unchanged_at_top++; | |
25012 | 5300 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
314 | 5301 } |
5302 | |
5303 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
25012 | 5304 if ((!scroll_region_ok && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
764 | 5305 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_HEIGHT (frame)) |
314 | 5306 return 1; |
5307 | |
764 | 5308 window_size = (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
314 | 5309 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
5310 | |
5311 if (scroll_region_ok) | |
5312 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; | |
764 | 5313 else if (memory_below_frame) |
314 | 5314 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
5315 | |
5316 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
25012 | 5317 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5318 if (!scroll_region_ok && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
314 | 5319 && (window_size >= |
5320 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
764 | 5321 FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5322 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
5323 return 0; | |
5324 | |
25012 | 5325 if (window_size < 2) |
5326 return 0; | |
5327 | |
764 | 5328 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5329 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5330 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
314 | 5331 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
5332 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
5333 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
5334 | |
5335 return 0; | |
5336 } | |
25012 | 5337 |
5338 | |
5339 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
5340 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
5341 | |
5342 static int | |
5343 count_blanks (r, len) | |
5344 struct glyph *r; | |
5345 int len; | |
314 | 5346 { |
25012 | 5347 int i; |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5348 |
25012 | 5349 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
5350 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
5351 break; | |
5352 | |
5353 return i; | |
314 | 5354 } |
25012 | 5355 |
5356 | |
5357 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
5358 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
5359 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
314 | 5360 |
5361 static int | |
25012 | 5362 count_match (str1, end1, str2, end2) |
5363 struct glyph *str1, *end1, *str2, *end2; | |
314 | 5364 { |
25012 | 5365 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
5366 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
5367 | |
5368 while (p1 < end1 | |
5369 && p2 < end2 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
5370 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
25012 | 5371 ++p1, ++p2; |
5372 | |
5373 return p1 - str1; | |
314 | 5374 } |
5375 | |
25012 | 5376 |
314 | 5377 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
25012 | 5378 |
314 | 5379 extern int *char_ins_del_vector; |
16267
05ca2cb9fe0f
(make_frame_glyphs, update_line, update_frame)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16256
diff
changeset
|
5380 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH((f))]) |
314 | 5381 |
25012 | 5382 |
5383 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
5384 | |
314 | 5385 static void |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5386 update_frame_line (f, vpos) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5387 struct frame *f; |
314 | 5388 int vpos; |
5389 { | |
25012 | 5390 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
314 | 5391 int tem; |
5392 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5393 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5394 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; |
25012 | 5395 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); |
5396 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
5397 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5398 int write_spaces_p = must_write_spaces; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5399 int colored_spaces_p = (FACE_FROM_ID (f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID)->background |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5400 != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR); |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5401 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5402 if (colored_spaces_p) |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5403 write_spaces_p = 1; |
25012 | 5404 |
5405 if (desired_row->inverse_p | |
5406 != (current_row->enabled_p && current_row->inverse_p)) | |
314 | 5407 { |
25012 | 5408 int n = current_row->enabled_p ? current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] : 0; |
5409 change_line_highlight (desired_row->inverse_p, vpos, vpos, n); | |
5410 current_row->enabled_p = 0; | |
314 | 5411 } |
5412 else | |
25012 | 5413 reassert_line_highlight (desired_row->inverse_p, vpos); |
5414 | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5415 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5416 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
25012 | 5417 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
5418 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
314 | 5419 { |
25012 | 5420 obody = 0; |
314 | 5421 olen = 0; |
5422 } | |
5423 else | |
5424 { | |
25012 | 5425 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
5426 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5427 | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5428 if (!current_row->inverse_p) |
314 | 5429 { |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5430 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5431 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5432 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
314 | 5433 olen--; |
5434 } | |
5435 else | |
5436 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5437 /* For an inverse-video line, make sure it's filled with |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5438 spaces all the way to the frame edge so that the reverse |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5439 video extends all the way across. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5440 while (olen < FRAME_WIDTH (f) - 1) |
25012 | 5441 obody[olen++] = space_glyph; |
314 | 5442 } |
5443 } | |
5444 | |
25012 | 5445 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
5446 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5447 current_row->inverse_p = desired_row->inverse_p; | |
5448 | |
5449 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
5450 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
314 | 5451 { |
5452 nlen = 0; | |
5453 goto just_erase; | |
5454 } | |
5455 | |
25012 | 5456 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
5457 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5458 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
5459 | |
5460 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
5461 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
5462 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5463 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5464 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5465 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5466 --nlen; |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5467 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5468 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5469 if (nlen) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5470 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5471 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5472 write_glyphs (nbody, nlen); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5473 } |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5474 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5475 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5476 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5477 case but in the line below. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5478 if (nlen < FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5479 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5480 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5481 clear_end_of_line (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5482 } |
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5483 else |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5484 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5485 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5486 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5487 |
25012 | 5488 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
5489 return; | |
5490 } | |
314 | 5491 |
5492 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
5493 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
25012 | 5494 if (!desired_row->inverse_p) |
314 | 5495 { |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5496 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5497 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
314 | 5498 nlen--; |
5499 } | |
5500 else | |
5501 { | |
25012 | 5502 /* For an inverse-video line, give it extra trailing spaces all |
5503 the way to the frame edge so that the reverse video extends | |
5504 all the way across. */ | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5505 while (nlen < FRAME_WIDTH (f) - 1) |
25012 | 5506 nbody[nlen++] = space_glyph; |
314 | 5507 } |
5508 | |
5509 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
5510 if (!char_ins_del_ok) | |
5511 { | |
25012 | 5512 int i, j; |
5513 | |
5514 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
5515 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
314 | 5516 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
5517 { | |
25012 | 5518 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
314 | 5519 { |
25012 | 5520 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
5521 j = i + 1; | |
5522 while (j < nlen | |
5523 && (j >= olen | |
5524 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
5525 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
5526 ++j; | |
5527 | |
5528 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ | |
314 | 5529 cursor_to (vpos, i); |
25012 | 5530 write_glyphs (nbody + i, j - i); |
5531 i = j - 1; | |
314 | 5532 |
5533 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
5534 } | |
5535 } | |
5536 | |
5537 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
5538 if (olen > nlen) | |
5539 { | |
5540 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5541 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5542 } | |
5543 | |
25012 | 5544 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
5545 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
314 | 5546 return; |
5547 } | |
5548 | |
25012 | 5549 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
5550 characters in a row. */ | |
5551 | |
314 | 5552 if (!olen) |
5553 { | |
25012 | 5554 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
5555 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5556 if (write_spaces_p || desired_row->inverse_p) |
25012 | 5557 nsp = 0; |
5558 else | |
5559 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
5560 | |
314 | 5561 if (nlen > nsp) |
5562 { | |
5563 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5564 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); | |
5565 } | |
5566 | |
764 | 5567 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5568 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5569 return; |
5570 } | |
5571 | |
5572 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
25012 | 5573 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5574 nsp = (desired_row->inverse_p || colored_spaces_p |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5575 ? 0 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5576 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen)); |
25012 | 5577 |
5578 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
5579 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
5580 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
314 | 5581 |
5582 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
5583 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5584 if (!write_spaces_p && osp + begmatch == olen) |
314 | 5585 { |
5586 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
25012 | 5587 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
5588 ++begmatch; | |
314 | 5589 } |
5590 | |
5591 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
5592 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
25012 | 5593 when the following text does not match. */ |
314 | 5594 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
5595 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5596 | |
5597 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
5598 op1 = obody + olen; | |
5599 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
5600 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
25012 | 5601 while (op1 > op2 |
5602 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
314 | 5603 { |
5604 op1--; | |
5605 np1--; | |
5606 } | |
5607 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
5608 | |
5609 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
5610 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
5611 Is it worth it? */ | |
5612 | |
5613 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
5614 if (endmatch && tem | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5615 && (!char_ins_del_ok || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[tem])) |
314 | 5616 endmatch = 0; |
5617 | |
5618 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
5619 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
5620 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
5621 Is it worth it? */ | |
5622 | |
5623 if (nsp != osp | |
5624 && (!char_ins_del_ok | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5625 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[nsp - osp])) |
314 | 5626 { |
5627 begmatch = 0; | |
5628 endmatch = 0; | |
5629 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5630 } | |
5631 | |
5632 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
5633 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
5634 | |
5635 if (osp > nsp) | |
5636 { | |
5637 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5638 delete_glyphs (osp - nsp); | |
5639 } | |
5640 else if (nsp > osp) | |
5641 { | |
5642 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
5643 and insert earlier in the line, | |
5644 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
5645 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
5646 { | |
5647 cursor_to (vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); | |
5648 delete_glyphs (olen + nsp - osp - nlen); | |
5649 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); | |
5650 } | |
5651 cursor_to (vpos, osp); | |
25012 | 5652 insert_glyphs (0, nsp - osp); |
314 | 5653 } |
5654 olen += nsp - osp; | |
5655 | |
5656 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
5657 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
5658 { | |
5659 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
5660 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5661 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, there is |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5662 no need to do clear-to-eol at the end of this function |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5663 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not going to |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5664 be "at the margin" after the text is done). */ |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5665 if (nlen == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
314 | 5666 olen = 0; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5667 |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5668 /* Function write_glyphs is prepared to do nothing |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5669 if passed a length <= 0. Check it here to avoid |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5670 unnecessary cursor movement. */ |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5671 if (nlen - tem > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5672 { |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5673 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5674 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5675 } |
314 | 5676 } |
5677 else if (nlen > olen) | |
5678 { | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5679 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5680 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5681 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5682 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5683 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5684 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5685 is a padding glyph. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5686 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5687 int del; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5688 |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5689 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5690 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5691 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5692 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5693 out--; |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5694 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5695 |
25012 | 5696 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5697 del = olen - tem - out; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5698 if (del > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5699 delete_glyphs (del); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5700 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5701 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5702 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
314 | 5703 olen = nlen; |
5704 } | |
5705 else if (olen > nlen) | |
5706 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5707 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
314 | 5708 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
5709 delete_glyphs (olen - nlen); | |
5710 olen = nlen; | |
5711 } | |
5712 } | |
5713 | |
5714 just_erase: | |
5715 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
5716 if (olen > nlen) | |
5717 { | |
5718 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5719 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5720 } | |
5721 | |
764 | 5722 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5723 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5724 } |
25012 | 5725 |
5726 | |
314 | 5727 |
25012 | 5728 /*********************************************************************** |
5729 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
5730 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5731 | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5732 /* Determine what's under window-relative pixel position (*X, *Y). |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5733 Return in *OBJECT the object (string or buffer) that's there. |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5734 Return in *POS the position in that object. Adjust *X and *Y |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5735 to character boundaries. */ |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5736 |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5737 void |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5738 buffer_posn_from_coords (w, x, y, object, pos) |
25012 | 5739 struct window *w; |
5740 int *x, *y; | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5741 Lisp_Object *object; |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5742 struct display_pos *pos; |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5743 { |
25012 | 5744 struct it it; |
5745 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = current_buffer; | |
5746 struct text_pos startp; | |
5747 int left_area_width; | |
5748 | |
5749 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
5750 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); | |
5751 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
5752 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
5753 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
5754 | |
5755 left_area_width = WINDOW_DISPLAY_LEFT_AREA_PIXEL_WIDTH (w); | |
5756 move_it_to (&it, -1, *x + it.first_visible_x - left_area_width, *y, -1, | |
5757 MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); | |
5758 | |
5759 *x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x + left_area_width; | |
5760 *y = it.current_y; | |
5761 current_buffer = old_current_buffer; | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5762 |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5763 *object = STRINGP (it.string) ? it.string : w->buffer; |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5764 *pos = it.current; |
25012 | 5765 } |
5766 | |
5767 | |
5768 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
5769 mode or top line of window W, or nil if none. MODE_LINE_P non-zero | |
5770 means look at the mode line. *CHARPOS is set to the position in | |
5771 the string returned. */ | |
5772 | |
5773 Lisp_Object | |
5774 mode_line_string (w, x, y, mode_line_p, charpos) | |
5775 struct window *w; | |
30713
fee809f81f97
(mode_line_string): Declare parameter MODE_LINE_P.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30323
diff
changeset
|
5776 int x, y, mode_line_p; |
25012 | 5777 int *charpos; |
5778 { | |
5779 struct glyph_row *row; | |
5780 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
5781 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
5782 int x0; | |
5783 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; | |
5784 | |
5785 if (mode_line_p) | |
5786 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); | |
5787 else | |
25546 | 5788 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 5789 |
5790 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) | |
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5791 { |
25012 | 5792 /* The mode lines are displayed over scroll bars and bitmap |
5793 areas, and X is window-relative. Correct X by the scroll bar | |
5794 and bitmap area width. */ | |
5795 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (f)) | |
5796 x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); | |
25459
293b78b9ff60
(mode_line_string): Add FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25385
diff
changeset
|
5797 x += FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
25012 | 5798 |
5799 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, | |
5800 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
5801 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5802 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5803 for (x0 = 0; glyph < end; x0 += glyph->pixel_width, ++glyph) | |
5804 if (x >= x0 && x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) | |
5805 { | |
5806 string = glyph->object; | |
5807 *charpos = glyph->charpos; | |
5808 break; | |
5809 } | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5810 } |
25012 | 5811 |
5812 return string; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5813 } |
25012 | 5814 |
5815 | |
5816 /*********************************************************************** | |
5817 Changing Frame Sizes | |
5818 ***********************************************************************/ | |
314 | 5819 |
5820 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
25012 | 5821 |
493 | 5822 SIGTYPE |
10745
a553a08f5785
(window_change_signal): Add ignored argument.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10259
diff
changeset
|
5823 window_change_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
25012 | 5824 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
314 | 5825 { |
5826 int width, height; | |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5827 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL |
314 | 5828 extern int errno; |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5829 #endif |
314 | 5830 int old_errno = errno; |
5831 | |
764 | 5832 get_frame_size (&width, &height); |
314 | 5833 |
764 | 5834 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a termcap-controlled |
5835 frame. Find such a frame in the list, and assume it's the only | |
314 | 5836 one (since the redisplay code always writes to stdout, not a |
764 | 5837 FILE * specified in the frame structure). Record the new size, |
314 | 5838 but don't reallocate the data structures now. Let that be done |
5839 later outside of the signal handler. */ | |
5840 | |
5841 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5842 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5843 |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5844 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5845 { |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5846 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
314 | 5847 { |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5848 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
314 | 5849 break; |
5850 } | |
5851 } | |
5852 } | |
5853 | |
5854 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
5855 errno = old_errno; | |
5856 } | |
5857 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
5858 | |
5859 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5860 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5861 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5862 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
314 | 5863 |
21514 | 5864 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5865 do_pending_window_change (safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5866 int safe; |
314 | 5867 { |
5868 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5869 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5870 return; |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5871 |
314 | 5872 while (delayed_size_change) |
5873 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5874 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5875 |
5876 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
5877 | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5878 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5879 { |
25012 | 5880 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5881 |
764 | 5882 int height = FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f); |
5883 int width = FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f); | |
314 | 5884 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5885 if (height != 0 || width != 0) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5886 change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 0, safe); |
314 | 5887 } |
5888 } | |
5889 } | |
5890 | |
5891 | |
764 | 5892 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5893 indicate no change is to take place. |
314 | 5894 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5895 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5896 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5897 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5898 from a signal handler. |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5899 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5900 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5901 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5902 |
21514 | 5903 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5904 change_frame_size (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 5905 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5906 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5907 { |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5908 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5909 |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5910 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5911 { |
15394
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5912 /* When using termcap, or on MS-DOS, all frames use |
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5913 the same screen, so a change in size affects all frames. */ |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5914 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5915 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5916 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5917 pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5918 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5919 else |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5920 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5921 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5922 |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5923 static void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5924 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 5925 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5926 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
314 | 5927 { |
16256
1ce0cb94fa68
(preserve_other_columns, preserve_my_columns): Use new
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16195
diff
changeset
|
5928 int new_frame_window_width; |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5929 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5930 |
314 | 5931 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5932 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
314 | 5933 { |
25012 | 5934 FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
5935 FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = newwidth; | |
314 | 5936 delayed_size_change = 1; |
5937 return; | |
5938 } | |
5939 | |
764 | 5940 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
25012 | 5941 FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = 0; |
5942 FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = 0; | |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5943 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5944 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5945 if (newheight == 0) |
25012 | 5946 newheight = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5947 if (newwidth == 0) |
25012 | 5948 newwidth = FRAME_WIDTH (f); |
5949 | |
5950 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
5951 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
5952 new_frame_window_width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH_ARG (f, newwidth); | |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5953 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5954 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
25012 | 5955 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5956 |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5957 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
25012 | 5958 if (newheight == FRAME_HEIGHT (f) |
5959 && new_frame_window_width == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) | |
314 | 5960 return; |
5961 | |
15078 | 5962 BLOCK_INPUT; |
5963 | |
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5964 #ifdef MSDOS |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5965 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5966 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5967 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5968 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5969 #endif |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5970 |
25012 | 5971 if (newheight != FRAME_HEIGHT (f)) |
314 | 5972 { |
25012 | 5973 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
314 | 5974 { |
25012 | 5975 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
5976 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
5977 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); | |
5978 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
5979 (newheight | |
5980 - 1 | |
5981 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
5982 0); | |
5983 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5984 newheight - 1); |
25012 | 5985 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
314 | 5986 } |
5987 else | |
764 | 5988 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
25012 | 5989 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
5990 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 0); | |
5991 | |
5992 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5993 FrameRows = newheight; |
314 | 5994 } |
5995 | |
25012 | 5996 if (new_frame_window_width != FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
314 | 5997 { |
25012 | 5998 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); |
5999 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) | |
6000 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); | |
6001 | |
6002 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
764 | 6003 FrameCols = newwidth; |
25012 | 6004 |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
6005 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
6006 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->width, newwidth); |
314 | 6007 } |
6008 | |
25012 | 6009 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
6010 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, newwidth); | |
6011 | |
6012 { | |
6013 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
6014 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
6015 | |
6016 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, | |
6017 &text_area_height); | |
6018 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
6019 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
6020 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
6021 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
6022 } | |
6023 | |
6024 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
6025 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
6026 calculate_costs (f); | |
15065 | 6027 |
6028 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6029 |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6030 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6031 |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6032 /* This isn't quite a no-op: it runs window-configuration-change-hook. */ |
25012 | 6033 Fset_window_buffer (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), |
6034 XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->buffer); | |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6035 |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6036 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
314 | 6037 } |
25012 | 6038 |
6039 | |
314 | 6040 |
25012 | 6041 /*********************************************************************** |
6042 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
6043 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6044 | |
6045 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
6046 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", | |
6047 "Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal.\n\ | |
6048 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open.") | |
6049 (file) | |
6050 Lisp_Object file; | |
6051 { | |
6052 if (termscript != 0) fclose (termscript); | |
6053 termscript = 0; | |
6054 | |
6055 if (! NILP (file)) | |
6056 { | |
6057 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
6058 termscript = fopen (XSTRING (file)->data, "w"); | |
6059 if (termscript == 0) | |
6060 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); | |
6061 } | |
6062 return Qnil; | |
6063 } | |
6064 | |
6065 | |
314 | 6066 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
6067 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 1, 0, | |
6068 "Send STRING to the terminal without alteration.\n\ | |
6069 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects.") | |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6070 (string) |
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6071 Lisp_Object string; |
314 | 6072 { |
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
6073 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6074 CHECK_STRING (string, 0); |
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
6075 fwrite (XSTRING (string)->data, 1, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)), stdout); |
314 | 6076 fflush (stdout); |
6077 if (termscript) | |
6078 { | |
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
6079 fwrite (XSTRING (string)->data, 1, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)), |
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
6080 termscript); |
314 | 6081 fflush (termscript); |
6082 } | |
6083 return Qnil; | |
6084 } | |
6085 | |
25012 | 6086 |
314 | 6087 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
6088 "Beep, or flash the screen.\n\ | |
6089 Also, unless an argument is given,\n\ | |
6090 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing.") | |
6091 (arg) | |
6092 Lisp_Object arg; | |
6093 { | |
493 | 6094 if (!NILP (arg)) |
314 | 6095 { |
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6096 if (noninteractive) |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6097 putchar (07); |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6098 else |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6099 ring_bell (); |
314 | 6100 fflush (stdout); |
6101 } | |
6102 else | |
6103 bitch_at_user (); | |
6104 | |
6105 return Qnil; | |
6106 } | |
6107 | |
21514 | 6108 void |
314 | 6109 bitch_at_user () |
6110 { | |
6111 if (noninteractive) | |
6112 putchar (07); | |
25012 | 6113 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
314 | 6114 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
6115 else | |
6116 ring_bell (); | |
6117 fflush (stdout); | |
6118 } | |
6119 | |
25012 | 6120 |
6121 | |
6122 /*********************************************************************** | |
6123 Sleeping, Waiting | |
6124 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6125 | |
314 | 6126 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6127 "Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds.\n\ |
2648 | 6128 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a\n\ |
6129 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an\n\ | |
6130 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your\n\ | |
6131 Emacs was built without floating point support.\n\ | |
6132 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)") | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6133 (seconds, milliseconds) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6134 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds; |
314 | 6135 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6136 int sec, usec; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6137 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6138 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6139 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6140 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6141 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds, 1); |
2648 | 6142 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6143 | |
6144 { | |
6145 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6146 sec = (int) duration; | |
6147 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6148 } | |
314 | 6149 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6150 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6151 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6152 error ("millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6153 #endif |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6154 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6155 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6156 if (usec < 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6157 { |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6158 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if user is negative. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6159 if (-1000000 < usec) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6160 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6161 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6162 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6163 } |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6164 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6165 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6166 |
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
6167 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
314 | 6168 return Qnil; |
6169 | |
650 | 6170 { |
6171 Lisp_Object zero; | |
6172 | |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
6173 XSETFASTINT (zero, 0); |
650 | 6174 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, zero, 0); |
6175 } | |
587 | 6176 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6177 /* We should always have wait_reading_process_input; we have a dummy |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6178 implementation for systems which don't support subprocesses. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6179 #if 0 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6180 /* No wait_reading_process_input */ |
314 | 6181 immediate_quit = 1; |
6182 QUIT; | |
6183 | |
6184 #ifdef VMS | |
6185 sys_sleep (sec); | |
6186 #else /* not VMS */ | |
6187 /* The reason this is done this way | |
6188 (rather than defined (H_S) && defined (H_T)) | |
6189 is because the VMS preprocessor doesn't grok `defined' */ | |
6190 #ifdef HAVE_SELECT | |
554 | 6191 EMACS_GET_TIME (end_time); |
6192 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (timeout, sec, usec); | |
587 | 6193 EMACS_ADD_TIME (end_time, end_time, timeout); |
554 | 6194 |
314 | 6195 while (1) |
6196 { | |
554 | 6197 EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
6198 EMACS_SUB_TIME (timeout, end_time, timeout); | |
6199 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (timeout) | |
6200 || !select (1, 0, 0, 0, &timeout)) | |
314 | 6201 break; |
6202 } | |
6203 #else /* not HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6204 sleep (sec); | |
6205 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6206 #endif /* not VMS */ | |
6207 | |
6208 immediate_quit = 0; | |
6209 #endif /* no subprocesses */ | |
6210 | |
6211 return Qnil; | |
6212 } | |
6213 | |
25012 | 6214 |
650 | 6215 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_input, except that |
6216 it does the redisplay. | |
6217 | |
5223
db2e7e6a488e
(Fsit_for): Call prepare_menu_bars.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5218
diff
changeset
|
6218 It's also much like Fsit_for, except that it can be used for |
11411
91bcce2fd486
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Ignore buffers whose names start with space.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
6219 waiting for input as well. */ |
650 | 6220 |
6221 Lisp_Object | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6222 sit_for (sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display) |
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6223 int sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display; |
314 | 6224 { |
650 | 6225 Lisp_Object read_kbd; |
314 | 6226 |
14964
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6227 swallow_events (display); |
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6228 |
14757
99125e1e8bac
(sit_for): Pass DISPLAY to detect_input_pending_run_timers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14646
diff
changeset
|
6229 if (detect_input_pending_run_timers (display)) |
314 | 6230 return Qnil; |
650 | 6231 |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6232 if (initial_display) |
35336
002c02db42d3
Call redisplay_preserve_echo_area with additional arg.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35307
diff
changeset
|
6233 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
314 | 6234 |
673 | 6235 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0) |
6236 return Qt; | |
6237 | |
314 | 6238 #ifdef SIGIO |
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
6239 gobble_input (0); |
650 | 6240 #endif |
6241 | |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6242 XSETINT (read_kbd, reading ? -1 : 1); |
650 | 6243 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, read_kbd, display); |
6244 | |
314 | 6245 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
6246 } | |
6247 | |
25012 | 6248 |
650 | 6249 DEFUN ("sit-for", Fsit_for, Ssit_for, 1, 3, 0, |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6250 "Perform redisplay, then wait for SECONDS seconds or until input is available.\n\ |
2648 | 6251 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a\n\ |
6252 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an\n\ | |
6253 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your\n\ | |
6254 Emacs was built without floating point support.\n\ | |
6255 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)\n\ | |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6256 Optional third arg NODISP non-nil means don't redisplay, just wait for input.\n\ |
650 | 6257 Redisplay is preempted as always if input arrives, and does not happen\n\ |
6258 if input is available before it starts.\n\ | |
6259 Value is t if waited the full time with no input arriving.") | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6260 (seconds, milliseconds, nodisp) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6261 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds, nodisp; |
650 | 6262 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6263 int sec, usec; |
650 | 6264 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6265 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6266 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6267 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6268 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds, 1); |
2648 | 6269 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6270 | |
6271 { | |
6272 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6273 sec = (int) duration; | |
6274 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6275 } | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6276 |
650 | 6277 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6278 if (usec != 0 && sec == 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6279 error ("millisecond `sit-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
650 | 6280 #endif |
6281 | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6282 return sit_for (sec, usec, 0, NILP (nodisp), NILP (nodisp)); |
650 | 6283 } |
25012 | 6284 |
6285 | |
314 | 6286 |
25012 | 6287 /*********************************************************************** |
6288 Other Lisp Functions | |
6289 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6290 | |
6291 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
6292 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
6293 buffer-modified-flags, and a trailing sentinel (so we don't need to | |
6294 add length checks). */ | |
6295 | |
6296 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
6297 | |
6298 | |
6299 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
6300 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 0, 0, | |
6301 "Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed.\n\ | |
6302 The state variable is an internal vector containing all frames and buffers,\n\ | |
6303 aside from buffers whose names start with space,\n\ | |
6304 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags, which allows a fast\n\ | |
6305 check to see whether the menu bars might need to be recomputed.\n\ | |
6306 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect\n\ | |
6307 the current state.\n") | |
6308 () | |
6309 { | |
6310 Lisp_Object tail, frame, buf; | |
6311 Lisp_Object *vecp; | |
6312 int n; | |
6313 | |
6314 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6315 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6316 { | |
6317 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) | |
6318 goto changed; | |
6319 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) | |
6320 goto changed; | |
6321 } | |
6322 /* Check that the buffer info matches. | |
6323 No need to test for the end of the vector | |
6324 because the last element of the vector is lambda | |
6325 and that will always cause a mismatch. */ | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6326 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6327 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6328 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6329 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
6330 if (XSTRING (XBUFFER (buf)->name)->data[0] == ' ') | |
6331 continue; | |
6332 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) | |
6333 goto changed; | |
6334 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) | |
6335 goto changed; | |
6336 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) | |
6337 goto changed; | |
6338 } | |
6339 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ | |
6340 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
6341 return Qnil; | |
6342 changed: | |
6343 /* Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ | |
6344 n = 1; | |
6345 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6346 n += 2; | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6347 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6348 n += 3; |
6349 /* Reallocate the vector if it's grown, or if it's shrunk a lot. */ | |
6350 if (n > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size | |
6351 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size / 2) | |
6352 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ | |
6353 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); | |
6354 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6355 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6356 { | |
6357 *vecp++ = frame; | |
6358 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
6359 } | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6360 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6361 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6362 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6363 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
6364 if (XSTRING (XBUFFER (buf)->name)->data[0] == ' ') | |
6365 continue; | |
6366 *vecp++ = buf; | |
6367 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
6368 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
6369 } | |
6370 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
6371 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6372 while (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6373 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6374 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6375 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
6376 if (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6377 > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6378 abort (); | |
6379 return Qt; | |
6380 } | |
6381 | |
6382 | |
6383 | |
6384 /*********************************************************************** | |
6385 Initialization | |
6386 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6387 | |
314 | 6388 char *terminal_type; |
6389 | |
25012 | 6390 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. |
6391 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
6392 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
314 | 6393 |
21514 | 6394 void |
314 | 6395 init_display () |
6396 { | |
6397 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
6398 extern int display_arg; | |
6399 #endif | |
6400 | |
25012 | 6401 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
6402 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
6403 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' '); | |
6404 space_glyph.charpos = -1; | |
6405 | |
314 | 6406 meta_key = 0; |
6407 inverse_video = 0; | |
6408 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
6409 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
6410 | |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6411 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6412 during startup. */ |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6413 Vwindow_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6414 |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6415 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6416 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6417 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6418 using the window system. |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6419 |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6420 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6421 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
314 | 6422 |
6423 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6424 if (! display_arg) |
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6425 { |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6426 char *display; |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6427 #ifdef VMS |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6428 display = getenv ("DECW$DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6429 #else |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6430 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6431 #endif |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6432 |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6433 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
2364 | 6434 } |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6435 |
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6436 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6437 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6438 && initialized |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6439 #endif |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6440 ) |
314 | 6441 { |
6442 Vwindow_system = intern ("x"); | |
6443 #ifdef HAVE_X11 | |
6444 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
6445 #else | |
6446 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (10); | |
6447 #endif | |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6448 #if defined (LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6449 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
15282 | 6450 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6451 So call tgetent. */ |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6452 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6453 #endif |
25012 | 6454 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
314 | 6455 return; |
6456 } | |
6457 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
6458 | |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6459 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6460 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6461 { |
16589
ec300a10e407
(init_display) [HAVE_NTGUI]: Use w32 for window-system.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16412
diff
changeset
|
6462 Vwindow_system = intern ("w32"); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6463 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
25012 | 6464 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6465 return; |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6466 } |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6467 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6468 |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6469 #ifdef macintosh |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6470 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6471 { |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6472 Vwindow_system = intern ("mac"); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6473 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6474 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6475 return; |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6476 } |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6477 #endif /* macintosh */ |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6478 |
314 | 6479 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
6480 if (! isatty (0)) | |
6481 { | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6482 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
314 | 6483 exit (1); |
6484 } | |
6485 | |
6486 /* Look at the TERM variable */ | |
6487 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); | |
6488 if (!terminal_type) | |
6489 { | |
6490 #ifdef VMS | |
6491 fprintf (stderr, "Please specify your terminal type.\n\ | |
6492 For types defined in VMS, use set term /device=TYPE.\n\ | |
6493 For types not defined in VMS, use define emacs_term \"TYPE\".\n\ | |
6494 \(The quotation marks are necessary since terminal types are lower case.)\n"); | |
6495 #else | |
6496 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see tset(1).\n"); | |
6497 #endif | |
6498 exit (1); | |
6499 } | |
6500 | |
6501 #ifdef VMS | |
25012 | 6502 /* VMS DCL tends to up-case things, so down-case term type. |
314 | 6503 Hardly any uppercase letters in terminal types; should be none. */ |
6504 { | |
6505 char *new = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (terminal_type) + 1); | |
6506 char *p; | |
6507 | |
6508 strcpy (new, terminal_type); | |
6509 | |
6510 for (p = new; *p; p++) | |
6511 if (isupper (*p)) | |
6512 *p = tolower (*p); | |
6513 | |
6514 terminal_type = new; | |
6515 } | |
25012 | 6516 #endif /* VMS */ |
314 | 6517 |
6518 term_init (terminal_type); | |
25012 | 6519 |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6520 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6521 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6522 int width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6523 int height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6524 |
25012 | 6525 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
6526 | |
6527 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
6528 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
6529 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6530 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6531 } |
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6532 |
25012 | 6533 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6534 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6535 |
6536 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
6537 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6538 if (initialized) | |
6539 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ | |
6540 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
6541 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
25012 | 6542 |
6543 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ | |
6544 if (initialized | |
6545 && !noninteractive | |
25118
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6546 #ifdef MSDOS |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6547 /* The MSDOS terminal turns on its ``window system'' relatively |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6548 late into the startup, so we cannot do the frame faces' |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6549 initialization just yet. It will be done later by pc-win.el |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6550 and internal_terminal_init. */ |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6551 && (strcmp (terminal_type, "internal") != 0 || inhibit_window_system) |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6552 #endif |
25012 | 6553 && NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6554 { |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6555 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6556 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6557 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6558 |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6559 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6560 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6561 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6562 } |
314 | 6563 } |
25012 | 6564 |
6565 | |
314 | 6566 |
25012 | 6567 /*********************************************************************** |
6568 Blinking cursor | |
6569 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6570 | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6571 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6572 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6573 "Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW.\n\ |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6574 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means\n\ |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6575 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means\n\ |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6576 don't show a cursor.") |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6577 (window, show) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6578 Lisp_Object window, show; |
25012 | 6579 { |
6580 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
6581 output routines. */ | |
6582 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
6583 { | |
6584 if (NILP (window)) | |
6585 window = selected_window; | |
6586 else | |
6587 CHECK_WINDOW (window, 2); | |
6588 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6589 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
25012 | 6590 } |
6591 | |
6592 return Qnil; | |
6593 } | |
6594 | |
6595 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6596 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6597 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
26499
10af169a628b
(Finternal_show_cursor_p): Fix doc string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26334
diff
changeset
|
6598 "Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW.\n\ |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6599 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window.") |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6600 (window) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6601 Lisp_Object window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6602 { |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6603 struct window *w; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6604 |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6605 if (NILP (window)) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6606 window = selected_window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6607 else |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6608 CHECK_WINDOW (window, 2); |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6609 |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6610 w = XWINDOW (window); |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6611 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6612 } |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6613 |
25012 | 6614 |
6615 /*********************************************************************** | |
6616 Initialization | |
6617 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6618 | |
21514 | 6619 void |
314 | 6620 syms_of_display () |
6621 { | |
764 | 6622 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
314 | 6623 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6624 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
314 | 6625 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
6626 defsubr (&Sding); | |
6627 defsubr (&Ssit_for); | |
6628 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); | |
6629 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6630 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6631 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
314 | 6632 |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
6633 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6634 defsubr (&Sdump_redisplay_history); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6635 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6636 |
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6637 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6638 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6639 |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6640 Qdisplay_table = intern ("display-table"); |
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6641 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6642 Qredisplay_dont_pause = intern ("redisplay-dont-pause"); |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6643 staticpro (&Qredisplay_dont_pause); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6644 |
314 | 6645 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
7926
b87f2c705501
(syms_of_display): Make baud-rate a user var.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7900
diff
changeset
|
6646 "*The output baud rate of the terminal.\n\ |
314 | 6647 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding\n\ |
6648 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay."); | |
25012 | 6649 |
314 | 6650 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
764 | 6651 "*Non-nil means invert the entire frame display.\n\ |
314 | 6652 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be."); |
25012 | 6653 |
314 | 6654 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
764 | 6655 "*Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell."); |
25012 | 6656 |
314 | 6657 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
764 | 6658 "*Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending.\n\ |
314 | 6659 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve\n\ |
764 | 6660 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs.\n\ |
314 | 6661 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that."); |
25012 | 6662 |
314 | 6663 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system", &Vwindow_system, |
6664 "A symbol naming the window-system under which Emacs is running\n\ | |
6665 \(such as `x'), or nil if emacs is running on an ordinary terminal."); | |
25012 | 6666 |
314 | 6667 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
6668 "The version number of the window system in use.\n\ | |
6669 For X windows, this is 10 or 11."); | |
25012 | 6670 |
314 | 6671 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
6672 "Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there."); | |
25012 | 6673 |
314 | 6674 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
764 | 6675 "Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame.\n\ |
314 | 6676 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph.\n\ |
6677 Each element can be:\n\ | |
6678 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for.\n\ | |
6679 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows).\n\ | |
36590
a7e858c0a674
(syms_of_display) <glyph-table>: Doc fix.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36392
diff
changeset
|
6680 nil: this glyph mod 524288 is the code of a character to output,\n\ |
a7e858c0a674
(syms_of_display) <glyph-table>: Doc fix.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36392
diff
changeset
|
6681 and this glyph / 524288 is the face number (see `face-id') to use\n\ |
a7e858c0a674
(syms_of_display) <glyph-table>: Doc fix.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36392
diff
changeset
|
6682 while outputting it."); |
314 | 6683 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
6684 | |
6685 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, | |
6686 "Display table to use for buffers that specify none.\n\ | |
6687 See `buffer-display-table' for more information."); | |
6688 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; | |
6689 | |
25012 | 6690 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
6691 "*Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected."); | |
6692 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; | |
6693 | |
314 | 6694 /* Initialize `window-system', unless init_display already decided it. */ |
6695 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6696 if (noninteractive) | |
6697 #endif | |
6698 { | |
6699 Vwindow_system = Qnil; | |
6700 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; | |
6701 } | |
6702 } |